WO2023240081A1 - Treatment, amelioration, and/or prevention of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases - Google Patents
Treatment, amelioration, and/or prevention of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023240081A1 WO2023240081A1 PCT/US2023/067995 US2023067995W WO2023240081A1 WO 2023240081 A1 WO2023240081 A1 WO 2023240081A1 US 2023067995 W US2023067995 W US 2023067995W WO 2023240081 A1 WO2023240081 A1 WO 2023240081A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- hydrogen
- alkyl
- groups
- Prior art date
Links
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 37
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 27
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 17
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 title description 4
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 title description 3
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 93
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 80
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 148
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000006374 C2-C10 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000003456 Juvenile Arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010059176 Juvenile idiopathic arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010024229 Leprosy Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000002661 Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 abstract description 4
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 4
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 3
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 abstract description 3
- -1 carboxylate ester Chemical class 0.000 description 148
- 101001138006 Homo sapiens Purine nucleoside phosphorylase LACC1 Proteins 0.000 description 65
- 102100020863 Purine nucleoside phosphorylase LACC1 Human genes 0.000 description 62
- 210000004979 bone marrow derived macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 37
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 31
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 29
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 28
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 26
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 25
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 25
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 25
- 238000001321 HNCO Methods 0.000 description 23
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 22
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- OWIKHYCFFJSOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocyanic acid Chemical compound N=C=O OWIKHYCFFJSOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 21
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 21
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 20
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ndelta-carbamoyl-DL-ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 17
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 17
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 17
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 16
- 102200133657 rs730880295 Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229940124280 l-arginine Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 13
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 11
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 11
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 101001128158 Homo sapiens Nanos homolog 2 Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 101001124991 Homo sapiens Nitric oxide synthase, inducible Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102100029438 Nitric oxide synthase, inducible Human genes 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 238000007824 enzymatic assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000004900 autophagic degradation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 9
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- ZUNBITIXDCPNSD-LSRJEVITSA-N S-adenosylmethioninamine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](C[S+](CCCN)C)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 ZUNBITIXDCPNSD-LSRJEVITSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 8
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- ATHGHQPFGPMSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N spermidine Chemical compound NCCCCNCCCN ATHGHQPFGPMSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 8
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102100021079 Ornithine decarboxylase Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 101710120430 Ornithine decarboxylase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000021235 carbamoylation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001095 inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102200020878 rs73015965 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 6
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 6
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000005700 Putrescine Substances 0.000 description 5
- MEFKEPWMEQBLKI-AIRLBKTGSA-O S-adenosyl-L-methionine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](C[S+](CC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O)C)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 MEFKEPWMEQBLKI-AIRLBKTGSA-O 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229920000180 alkyd Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000051508 human LACC1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940063673 spermidine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- NEPLBHLFDJOJGP-BYPYZUCNSA-N (2s)-2-(5-fluoro-2,4-dinitroanilino)propanamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC1=CC(F)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O NEPLBHLFDJOJGP-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000252983 Caecum Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000003855 L-lactate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108700023483 L-lactate dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CVRXLMUYFMERMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(2-pyridylmethyl)ethylenediamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1CN(CC=1N=CC=CC=1)CCN(CC=1N=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=N1 CVRXLMUYFMERMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 210000004534 cecum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003651 drinking water Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000020188 drinking water Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000013583 drug formulation Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZVCDLGYNFYZZOK-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium cyanate Chemical compound [Na]OC#N ZVCDLGYNFYZZOK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- PFNFFQXMRSDOHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N spermine Chemical compound NCCCNCCCCNCCCN PFNFFQXMRSDOHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- CCEKAJIANROZEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfluramid Chemical group CCNS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F CCEKAJIANROZEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940033134 talc Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDZOASGQNOPSCU-WDSKDSINSA-N Argininosuccinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC\N=C(/N)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KDZOASGQNOPSCU-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 102000007651 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010046938 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108010051753 Spermidine Synthase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100030413 Spermidine synthase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbon monoxide Chemical group [C]=C=O VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002550 fecal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007897 gelcap Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960001438 immunostimulant agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003022 immunostimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 201000002215 juvenile rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006241 metabolic reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940044476 poloxamer 407 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229920001992 poloxamer 407 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940080313 sodium starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940063675 spermine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009469 supplementation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100036009 5'-AMP-activated protein kinase catalytic subunit alpha-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DCTLYFZHFGENCW-UUOKFMHZSA-N 5'-xanthylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O[C@H]1N1C(NC(=O)NC2=O)=C2N=C1 DCTLYFZHFGENCW-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000006267 AMP Deaminase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700016228 AMP deaminases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000055161 Adenylosuccinate lyases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000005291 Adenylosuccinate synthase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010056443 Adenylosuccinate synthase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N Alpha-lactose monohydrate Chemical compound O.O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100030356 Arginase-2, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Coenzym Q(11) Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241001198387 Escherichia coli BL21(DE3) Species 0.000 description 2
- QGWNDRXFNXRZMB-UUOKFMHZSA-N GDP Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O QGWNDRXFNXRZMB-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XKMLYUALXHKNFT-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine-5'-triphosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O XKMLYUALXHKNFT-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000783681 Homo sapiens 5'-AMP-activated protein kinase catalytic subunit alpha-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000792835 Homo sapiens Arginase-2, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001131930 Homo sapiens Transcriptional activator protein Pur-beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GRSZFWQUAKGDAV-KQYNXXCUSA-N IMP Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O[C@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 GRSZFWQUAKGDAV-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Methionine Natural products CSCCC(N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195722 L-methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 231100000416 LDH assay Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101100510602 Mus musculus Lacc1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150100944 Nos2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010044157 Receptors for Activated C Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006438 Receptors for Activated C Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 108010071698 Spermine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100037616 Spermine synthase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091027544 Subgenomic mRNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005426 adeninyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1N)* 0.000 description 2
- UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LNQVTSROQXJCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N adenosine monophosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(CO)C(OP(O)(O)=O)C1O LNQVTSROQXJCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960004977 anhydrous lactose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthranilic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005602 azabenzimidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005334 azaindolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- XYOVOXDWRFGKEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N azepine Chemical compound N1C=CC=CC=C1 XYOVOXDWRFGKEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005874 benzothiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000027721 electron transport chain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009088 enzymatic function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QGWNDRXFNXRZMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidine diphosphate Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O QGWNDRXFNXRZMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RQFCJASXJCIDSX-UUOKFMHZSA-N guanosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O RQFCJASXJCIDSX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013928 guanylic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002013 hydrophilic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004857 imidazopyridinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013902 inosinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012933 kinetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011813 knockout mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002843 lactate dehydrogenase assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002705 metabolomic analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001431 metabolomic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004452 methionine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- UYDLBVPAAFVANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octylphenoxy polyethoxyethanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCCOCCOCCOCCO)C=C1 UYDLBVPAAFVANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000007863 pattern recognition receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010089193 pattern recognition receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940044519 poloxamer 188 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012877 positron emission topography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002213 purine nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940057950 sodium laureth sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SXHLENDCVBIJFO-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOS([O-])(=O)=O SXHLENDCVBIJFO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XBXCNNQPRYLIDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylcarbamic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(O)=O XBXCNNQPRYLIDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004927 thianaphthalenyl group Chemical group S1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 230000004102 tricarboxylic acid cycle Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDJGLLICXDHJDY-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-(3-phenoxyphenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 RDJGLLICXDHJDY-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZJLMZYUGLJBSO-LAEOZQHASA-N (3R,4S)-3-amino-1-[(2S)-2-aminopropanoyl]-4-(3-boronopropyl)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound N[C@]1(CN(C[C@@H]1CCCB(O)O)C([C@H](C)N)=O)C(=O)O ZZJLMZYUGLJBSO-LAEOZQHASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000027 (C1-C10) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001305 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl group Chemical group [H]N1N=C([*])N=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- RUEOBRARCKLXJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-thiadiazinane-2-thione Chemical compound S=C1NCNCS1 RUEOBRARCKLXJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(2-ethylhexyl) sulfosuccinate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQXJCCZJOIKIAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-methoxyethoxy)hexadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOC IQXJCCZJOIKIAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-behenoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004173 1-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C2N1* 0.000 description 1
- QXQAPNSHUJORMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-propylbenzene Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 QXQAPNSHUJORMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUXGUCNZFCVULO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-nonylphenoxy)ethanol Chemical class CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OCCO)C=C1 KUXGUCNZFCVULO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000536 2-Acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHZPRMZZQOIPDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methyl-2-[(1-oxo-2-propenyl)amino]-1-propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC(C)(C)NC(=O)C=C XHZPRMZZQOIPDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005274 4-hydroxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004539 5-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=CNC2=C1C=CC(=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 6alpha-methylprednisolone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]21 VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100020775 Adenylosuccinate lyase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700040193 Adenylosuccinate lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004452 Arginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700024123 Arginases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700040066 Argininosuccinate lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020999 Argininosuccinate synthase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150025804 Asl gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032116 Autoimmune Experimental Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037157 Azotemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000963440 Bacillus subtilis (strain 168) Biotin carboxylase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFWTZXXDGQBIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C14 surfactin Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC1CC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)O1 AFWTZXXDGQBIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010356 CRISPR-Cas9 genome editing Methods 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004031 Carboxy-Lyases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000489 Carboxy-Lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000949031 Citrobacter rodentium Species 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-YMDCURPLSA-N D-galactopyranuronic acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-YMDCURPLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100193633 Danio rerio rag2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JDRSMPFHFNXQRB-CMTNHCDUSA-N Decyl beta-D-threo-hexopyranoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)C(O)[C@H](O)C1O JDRSMPFHFNXQRB-CMTNHCDUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000727 Decyl polyglucose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RUPBZQFQVRMKDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M Didecyldimethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCC RUPBZQFQVRMKDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001125671 Eretmochelys imbricata Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003136 Eudragit® L polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003134 Eudragit® polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galactaric acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000020551 Helianthus annuus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003222 Helianthus annuus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000784014 Homo sapiens Argininosuccinate synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical group ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002011 Lauryl methyl gluceth-10 hydroxypropyl dimonium chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- OJMMVQQUTAEWLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lincomycin Natural products CN1CC(CCC)CC1C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(SC)O1 OJMMVQQUTAEWLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100193635 Mus musculus Rag2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000186362 Mycobacterium leprae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100038610 Myeloperoxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000235 Myeloperoxidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007399 Nuclear hormone receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005497 Nuclear hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910004679 ONO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Phosphate ion(2-) Chemical compound OP([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920001363 Polidocanol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091036414 Polyinosinic:polycytidylic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Salicylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- IJCWFDPJFXGQBN-RYNSOKOISA-N [(2R)-2-[(2R,3R,4S)-4-hydroxy-3-octadecanoyloxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-octadecanoyloxyethyl] octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IJCWFDPJFXGQBN-RYNSOKOISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Chemical group CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- YXJDFQJKERBOBM-TXICZTDVSA-N alpha-D-ribose 1-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O YXJDFQJKERBOBM-TXICZTDVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BTBJBAZGXNKLQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium lauryl sulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O BTBJBAZGXNKLQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940063953 ammonium lauryl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ORBBVPFDROYXQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium perfluorononanoate Chemical compound N.OC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ORBBVPFDROYXQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous cyanic acid Natural products OC#N XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003974 aralkylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004908 autophagic flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- YSJGOMATDFSEED-UHFFFAOYSA-M behentrimonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C YSJGOMATDFSEED-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940075506 behentrimonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940073464 benzododecinium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KHSLHYAUZSPBIU-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzododecinium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KHSLHYAUZSPBIU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002529 biphenylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009395 breeding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001488 breeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960001714 calcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-OUBTZVSYSA-N carbane Chemical compound [13CH4] VNWKTOKETHGBQD-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940041011 carbapenems Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- FXQJFHYFOGHZTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M carbethopendecinium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([N+](C)(C)C)C(=O)OCC FXQJFHYFOGHZTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000001722 carbon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940084030 carboxymethylcellulose calcium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001777 castor oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SXPWTBGAZSPLHA-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetalkonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SXPWTBGAZSPLHA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960000228 cetalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950009789 cetomacrogol 1000 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940082500 cetostearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000800 cetrimonium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002788 cetrimonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetyltrimethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003166 chemical complementation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002676 chrysenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=C4C=CC=CC4=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004106 citric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001531 copovidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M cyanate Chemical compound [O-]C#N XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003997 cyclic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004367 cycloalkylaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003678 cyclohexadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000016396 cytokine production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- DTPCFIHYWYONMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N decaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO DTPCFIHYWYONMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004855 decalinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940073499 decyl glucoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005265 dialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005266 diarylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004670 didecyldimethylammonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000723 dihydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001070 dihydroindolyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- PSLWZOIUBRXAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyl(dioctadecyl)azanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PSLWZOIUBRXAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005879 dioxolanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 229940047642 disodium cocoamphodiacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JMGZBMRVDHKMKB-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2-sulfobutanedioate Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].OS(=O)(=O)C(C([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O JMGZBMRVDHKMKB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940018602 docusate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001859 domiphen bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCN1CCCC1 MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005293 etodolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N etodolac Chemical compound C1COC(CC)(CC(O)=O)C2=N[C]3C(CC)=CC=CC3=C21 XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010085279 eukaryotic translation initiation factor 5A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000012997 experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001419 fenoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002390 flurbiprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N flurbiprofen Chemical compound FC1=CC(C(C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004508 fractional distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-DUHBMQHGSA-N galactaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-DUHBMQHGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003304 gavage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049654 glyceryl behenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005252 haloacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002192 heptalenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000009200 high fat diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940042795 hydrazides for tuberculosis treatment Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003427 indacenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940113096 isoceteth 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N itaconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001021 lactose monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LAPRIVJANDLWOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N laureth-5 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO LAPRIVJANDLWOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYIDGJJWBIBVIA-UYTYNIKBSA-N lauryl glucoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O PYIDGJJWBIBVIA-UYTYNIKBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940048848 lauryl glucoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAIQHKWDTQYGOK-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium;2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOS([O-])(=O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOS([O-])(=O)=O OAIQHKWDTQYGOK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VPKDCDLSJZCGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanediimine Chemical compound N=C=N VPKDCDLSJZCGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQQXAOBIZQEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-chlorobutanoate Chemical compound CCC(Cl)C(=O)OC BHQQXAOBIZQEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002900 methylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042472 mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000324 minimal toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006677 mitochondrial metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007479 molecular analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000066 myeloid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- CGVLVOOFCGWBCS-RGDJUOJXSA-N n-octyl β-d-thioglucopyranoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCS[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O CGVLVOOFCGWBCS-RGDJUOJXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRWXACSTFXYYMV-FDDDBJFASA-N nebularine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC=C2N=C1 MRWXACSTFXYYMV-FDDDBJFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001893 nitrooxy group Chemical group [O-][N+](=O)O* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052756 noble gas Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002835 noble gases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000847 nonoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920004918 nonoxynol-9 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940087419 nonoxynol-9 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002417 nutraceutical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021436 nutraceutical agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M octadecanoyloxyaluminum;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al] OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YYELLDKEOUKVIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaethyleneglycol monododecyl ether Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO YYELLDKEOUKVIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMGTYJPMKXNQFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octenidine dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C1=CC(=NCCCCCCCC)C=CN1CCCCCCCCCCN1C=CC(=NCCCCCCCC)C=C1 SMGTYJPMKXNQFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RKQHYHRCSA-N octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HEGSGKPQLMEBJL-RKQHYHRCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVVSSOQAYNYNPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N olaflur Chemical compound F.F.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(CCO)CCCN(CCO)CCO ZVVSSOQAYNYNPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001245 olaflur Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004792 oxidative damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010979 pH adjustment Methods 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- JGTNAGYHADQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorobutanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F JGTNAGYHADQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005003 perfluorobutyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- UZUFPBIDKMEQEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorononanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F UZUFPBIDKMEQEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFSUTJLHUFNCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorooctane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F YFSUTJLHUFNCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNGREZUHAYWORS-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorooctanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F SNGREZUHAYWORS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002974 pharmacogenomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ONJQDTZCDSESIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N polidocanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO ONJQDTZCDSESIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002226 polidocanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000502 poloxamer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010958 polyglycerol polyricinoleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003996 polyglycerol polyricinoleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940115272 polyinosinic:polycytidylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013824 polyphenols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229950008882 polysorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ONQDVAFWWYYXHM-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium lauryl sulfate Chemical compound [K+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O ONQDVAFWWYYXHM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940116985 potassium lauryl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009465 prokaryotic expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KNVAYBMMCPLDOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl 12-hydroxyoctadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)CCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C KNVAYBMMCPLDOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005588 protonation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002212 purine nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001725 pyrenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002206 pyridazin-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)N=N1 0.000 description 1
- 125000004940 pyridazin-4-yl group Chemical group N1=NC=C(C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004941 pyridazin-5-yl group Chemical group N1=NC=CC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000246 pyrimidin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC(*)=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004527 pyrimidin-4-yl group Chemical group N1=CN=C(C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004528 pyrimidin-5-yl group Chemical group N1=CN=CC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004943 pyrimidin-6-yl group Chemical group N1=CN=CC=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005173 quadrupole mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004451 qualitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007660 quinolones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102200104255 rs746601313 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700004121 sarkosyl Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DRNXZGJGRSUXHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N silyl carbamate Chemical class NC(=O)O[SiH3] DRNXZGJGRSUXHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003885 sodium benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002668 sodium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BTURAGWYSMTVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dodecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O BTURAGWYSMTVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940083575 sodium dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940082004 sodium laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium lauroyl sarcosinate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC([O-])=O KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940045885 sodium lauroyl sarcosinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MDSQKJDNWUMBQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium myreth sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOS([O-])(=O)=O MDSQKJDNWUMBQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QSKQNALVHFTOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O QSKQNALVHFTOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940045902 sodium stearyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100515 sorbitan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011076 sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001587 sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035048 sorbitan monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011078 sorbitan tristearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001589 sorbitan tristearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004129 sorbitan tristearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011895 specific detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- SFVFIFLLYFPGHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M stearalkonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SFVFIFLLYFPGHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940057981 stearalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940012831 stearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001174 sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003375 sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N surfactin Natural products CC(C)CCCCCCCCCC1CC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)O1 NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-WGVNQGGSSA-N surfactin C Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCC[C@@H]1CC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)O1 NJGWOFRZMQRKHT-WGVNQGGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004885 tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FBWNMEQMRUMQSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tergitol NP-9 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO)C=C1 FBWNMEQMRUMQSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001935 tetracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940040944 tetracyclines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetratriacontyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- WBWDWFZTSDZAIG-UHFFFAOYSA-M thonzonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].N=1C=CC=NC=1N(CC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)CC1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 WBWDWFZTSDZAIG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940051002 thonzonium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001269 time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004954 trialkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N triamcinolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@]([C@H](O)C4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005294 triamcinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005259 triarylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003960 triphenylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C12)* 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
- A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
- A61K31/195—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
- A61K31/197—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid, pantothenic acid
Definitions
- This invention contains one or more sequences in a computer readable format in an accompanying text file titled "047162-7336WOl.xml,” which was created on June 6, 2022 and is 4.6 KB in size, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Laccase domain-containing 1 (LACC1) protein is an enzyme highly expressed in inflammatory macrophages and serves a central regulatory role in multiple inflammatory diseases, such as in inflammatory bowel diseases (IBDs), arthritis, and clearance of microbial infection.
- FIGs. 1 A-1H show that LACC1 is an endogenous isocyanic acid synthase, converting L-Cit to L-Om and HNCO.
- FIG. 1 A shows a schematic pipeline used for in vitro enzymatic evaluation of mLACCl.
- FIG. IB is a volcano plot showing the fold change (FC) (substrate with mLACCl versus substrate with heat inactivated mLACCl) and false discovery' rate
- FIG. 1C shows abundance of L-Om in enzymatic assays validating the substrate of mLACCl.
- FIG. ID shows the Michaelis-Menten curves of mLACCl, hLACCl, hLACCl I254V, hLACCl C284R, and hLACCl K38E.
- FIG. IE shows abundance of HNCO in enzymatic assays, as assessed by the 2-aminobenzoate-HNCO carbamoylation assay.
- FIG. 1G shows major biochemical transformation mediated by LACC1.
- FIGs. 2A-2G show that LACC1 inhibits proinflammatory cytokine signaling and protects from S. Typhimurium infection.
- FIG. 2A shows ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL 12b secreted by BMDMs in the presence or absence of immunostimulant (LPS + IFNy), exogenously supplied LACC1 product L-Om (1, 5 mM), and/or the conjugate base of LACC1 product HNCO, NaOCN (100 pM, 1 mM).
- FIG. 2D shows Colony-Forming Units (CFUs) in fecal pellets were measured at day 4 after infection.
- FIG. 2E, FIG. 2F, and FIG. 2G show CFUs in the caecum, spleen and liver, respectively, were measured at day 6 after infection.
- Statistical significance two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P ⁇ 0.05; **P ⁇ 0.01; ns, not significant.
- FIGs. 3A-3B shows that LACC1 bridges arginine metabolism with polyamine synthesis in Ml macrophages.
- FIG. 3A shows LC-QQQ-MS intensity of 13 C-0m, 13 C-Put, 13 C-Spd and 13 C-Spm in Ml BMDMs from WT and Laccl ⁇ mice.
- FIGs. 4A-4L show that NOS2 is important for the antibacterial function of LACC1.
- FIG. 4A is an illustration of the NOS2-LACCl-ODCl signaling axis.
- FIG. 4D shows CFUs in fecal pellets were measured at day 4 after infection.
- FIG. 4E, FIG. 4F, and FIG. 4G show CFUs in the caecum, spleen and liver, respectively, were measured at day 6 after infection.
- FIG. 4H, FIG. 41, FIG. 4J show ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL 12b, respectively, secreted by BMDMs stimulated by LPS and IFNy with or without 1 mM DFMO treatment.
- FIG. 4K shows CFUs of intracellular S. Typhimurium in Ml BMDMs.
- FIG. 4L shows the results of an LDH assay in S.
- FIGs. 5A-5J show in vitro biochemical analysis of isolated LACC1 variants.
- FIG. 5A illustrates that ICP-MS assays showed the enrichment of Zn 64 and Zn 66 isotopes in recombinant mLACCl relative to vector control.
- FIG. 5B illustrates that a quantitative ICP- MS assay for Zn showed the average ZmmLACCl ratio as 0.94, suggesting a 1:1 ratio in the isolated enzyme.
- FIG. 5C-FIG. 5D show volcano plots from UPLC-QTOF-MS experiments showing the fold change (FC) (substrate with mLACCl versus substrate with heat inactivated mLACCl) and false discovery rate (FDR) values collected in positive ion mode (FIG.
- FC fold change
- FDR false discovery rate
- FIG. 5C shows rates of L-Om production in enzymatic assays at different pH conditions.
- FIG. 5F shows rates of L-Om production in enzymatic assays with the supplementation of EDTA or TPEN in the reaction buffer.
- FIG. 5G shows the standard curve used for quantifying L-Om in enzymatic assays.
- FIG. 5H shows the standard curve used for quantifying 2-aminobenzoate- HNCO carbamoylation products in enzymatic assays.
- FIG. 5E shows rates of L-Om production in enzymatic assays at different pH conditions.
- FIG. 5F shows rates of L-Om production in enzymatic assays with the supplementation of EDTA or TPEN in the reaction buffer.
- FIG. 5G shows the standard curve used for quantifying L-Om in enzymatic assays.
- FIG. 5H shows the standard curve used for quantifying 2-aminobenzoate- HNCO carbamoylation products in
- FIG. 51 shows the LC-MS trace of 1- fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide (FDAA, Marfey’s reagent)-coupled L-Om in enzymatic assays, supporting the stereoconfiguration.
- FIGs. 7A-7K depict how Lacc 1 C284R/C284R shows an intermediate defect in antibacterial protection against S. Typhimurium infection.
- FIG. 7B shows CFUs in fecal pellets measured at day 4 after infection.
- FIG. 7C, FIG. 7D, and FIG. 7E show CFUs in the caecum, spleen and liver, respectively, measured at day 6 after infection.
- FIG. 7H show ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL12b secreted by BMDMs in the presence or absence (NT, non-treatment) of immunostimulant (LPS + IFNy).
- FIG. 7I-FIG. 7K show ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL12b secreted by BMDMs in the presence or absence (NT) of immunostimulant (LPS + IFNy), exogenously supplied LACC1 product L-Om (100 M, 1 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM), and/or the conjugate base of LACC 1 product HNCO, NaOCN (10 M, 100 pM, 500 pM, 1 mM).
- FIG. 8 shows body weight of each mouse in the absence of S. Typhimurium infection was monitored daily with or without 1% L-Om administration in drinking water, showing no significant change in body weight.
- Statistical significance two-tailed t-test compared to control (Ctrl): ns, not significant.
- FIGs. 9A-9E show that LACC1 bridges L-Arg metabolism with poly amine synthesis in Ml macrophages.
- FIG. 9A-FIG. 9B show MS intensity of SAM and dcSAM, respectively, in Ml BMDMs from WT and LaccT'' mice. LaccT 2 ' BMDMs show an elevated but non statistically significant level of dcSAM.
- FIG. 9C-FIG. 9E show UPLC-QTOF-MS intensity of 13 C-labeled metabolites in L-Arg metabolism and polyamine synthesis with 13 C-Arg feeding (FIG. 9C), 13 C-Cit feeding (FIG. 9D) and 13 C-ArgSuc feeding (FIG. 9E), respectively.
- FIGs. 10A-10E show irreversible inhibition of ODC1 phenocopied exacerbated S. Typhimurium induced cell death from LaccT 2 ' inflammatory BMDMs.
- FIG. 10A, 10B, and 10C are ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6, and IL12b, respectively, secreted by BMDMs stimulated by LPS and IFNy with or without 1 mM DFMO and/or 500 pM putrescine (Put)
- FIG. 10D shows CFUs of intracellular S. Typhimurium in inflammatory BMDMs.
- FIGs. 11A-1 IB show a summary of the enzymatic functions of LACC1 in Ml macrophages.
- FIG. 11A shows LACCl’s newly described role in bridging L-Arg and polyamine metabolism in inflammatory macrophages. The carbons are highlighted with consistency to the present l,2,3,4,5- 13 C5-L-Cit (red) and 6- 13 Ci-L-Cit (blue) feeding studies in Ml BMDMs. Carbons in spermidine and spermine highlighted in green derive from dcSAM.
- FIG. 1 IB shows the involvement of LACC1 (a.k.a., FAMIN) in the purine nucleotide cycle as a purine nucleoside enzyme.
- ADSL adenylosuccinate lyase
- ADSS adenylosuccinate synthase
- AMP adenosine monophosphate
- AMPD AMP deaminase
- GDP guanosine diphosphate
- GMP guanosine monophosphate
- GTP guanosine triphosphate
- IMP inosine monophosphate
- XMP xanthosine monophosphate.
- FIG. 12 shows that wildtype mL ACC 1 and hLACCl convert l,2,3,4,5-13C5-L-Cit into l,2,3,4,5-13C5-L-Om when expressed recombinantly in E. coli BL21(DE3) relative to a pET28a negative control (Vector).
- the culture extracts were coupled with l-fluoro-2,4- dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide and the derivatization products (L-Om) were analyzed by UPLC-QTOF-MS.
- isoforms 1, 2, 3, and 4 were assessed in addition to the polymorphic variants I254V and C284R in an isoform 2 background.
- mLACCCl the V254I and C284R variants were compared to a wildtype background.
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) not just about 0.1% to about 5%, but also the individual values (e.g., 1%, 2%, 3%, and 4%) and the sub-ranges (e.g.. 0.1% to 0.5%, 1.1% to 2.2%, 3.3% to 4.4%) within the indicated range.
- the statement "about X to Y” has the same meaning as “about X to about Y,” unless indicated otherwise.
- the statement “about X, Y, or about Z” has the same meaning as “about X, about Y, or about Z,” unless indicated otherwise.
- the acts can be carried out in any order, except when a temporal or operational sequence is explicitly recited. Furthermore, specified acts can be carried out concurrently unless explicit claim language recites that they be carried out separately. For example, a claimed act of doing X and a claimed act of doing Y can be conducted simultaneously within a single operation, and the resulting process will fall within the literal scope of the claimed process.
- substantially refers to a majority of, or mostly, as in at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, 99.99%, or at least about 99.999% or more, or 100%.
- substantially free of 1 can mean having none or having a trivial amount of, such that the amount of material present does not affect the material properties of the composition including the material, such that the composition is about 0 wt% to about 5 wt% of the material, or about 0 wt% to about 1 wt%, or about 5 wt% or less, or less than, equal to, or greater than about 4.5 wt%, 4, 3.5, 3, 2.5, 2, 1.5, 1, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.01, or about 0.001 wt% or less.
- the term “substantially free of 1 as used herein can mean having none or having a trivial amount of, such that the amount of material present does not affect the material properties of the composition including the material, such that the composition is about 0 wt% to about 5 wt% of the material, or about 0 wt% to about 1 wt%, or about 5 wt% or less,
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) "substantially free of 1 can mean having a trivial amount of, such that a composition is about 0 wt% to about 5 wt% of the material, or about 0 wt% to about 1 wt%, or about 5 wt% or less, or less than, equal to, or greater than about 4.5 wt%, 4, 3.5, 3, 2.5, 2, 1.5, 1, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.01, or about 0.001 wt% or less, or about 0 wt%.
- organic group refers to any carbon-containing functional group. Examples can include an oxygen-containing group such as an alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aralkyloxy group, oxo(carbonyl) group; a carboxyl group including a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, and a carboxylate ester; a sulfur-containing group such as an alkyl and aryl sulfide group; and other heteroatom-containing groups.
- Non-limiting examples of organic groups include OR, OOR, OC(O)N(R)2, CN, CF3, OCF3, R, C(O), methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, N(R) 2 , SR, SOR, SO2R, SO 2 N(R) 2 , SO3R, C(O)R, C(O)C(O)R, C(O)CH 2 C(O)R, C(S)R, C(O)OR, OC(O)R, C(O)N(R) 2 , OC(O)N(R) 2 , C(S)N(R) 2 , (CH 2 )O- 2 N(R)C(O)R, (CH 2 )O- 2 N(R)N(R) 2 , N(R)N(R)C(O)R, N(R)N(R)C(O)OR, N(R)N(R)CON(R) 2 , N(R)SO 2 R, N(R)SO
- substituted as used herein in conjunction with a molecule or an organic group as defined herein refers to the state in which one or more hydrogen atoms contained therein are replaced by one or more non-hydrogen atoms.
- functional group or “substituent” as used herein refers to a group that can be or is substituted onto a molecule or onto an organic group.
- substituents or functional groups include, but are not limited to, a halogen (e.g, F, Cl, Br, and I); an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxy groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyloxy groups, oxo(carbonyl) groups, carboxyl groups including carboxylic acids, carboxylates, and carboxylate esters; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfonamide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, hydroxyamines, nitriles, nitro groups, N-oxides, hydrazides, azides, and enamines; and other heteroatoms in various other groups.
- a halogen e.g, F, Cl, Br, and I
- an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxy groups, alkoxy
- Non-limiting examples of substituents that can be bonded to a substituted carbon (or other) atom include F, Cl, Br, I, OR, OC(O)N(R) 2 , CN, NO, NO 2 , ONO 2 , azido, CF3, OCF3, R, O (oxo), S (thiono), C(O), S(O), methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, N(R) 2 , SR, SOR, SO 2 R, SO 2 N(R) 2 , SO3R, C(O)R, C(O)C(O)R, C(O)CH 2 C(O)R, C(S)R, C(O)OR, OC(O)R, C(O)N(R) 2 , OC(O)N(R) 2 , C(S)N(R) 2 , (CH 2 )O-
- alkyl refers to straight chain and branched alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbons or, in some embodiments, from 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- straight chain alkyl groups include those with from 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n- butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl groups.
- branched alkyd groups include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, neopentyl, isopentyl, and 2,2-dimethylpropyl groups.
- alkyl encompasses n-alkyl, isoalkyl, and anteisoalkyl groups as well as other branched chain forms of alkyl.
- Representative substituted alkyl groups can be substituted one or more times with any of the groups listed herein, for example, amino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, nitro, thio, alkoxy, and halogen groups.
- alkenyl refers to straight and branched chain and cyclic alkyl groups as defined herein, except that at least one double bond exists between two carbon atoms.
- alkenyl groups have from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, or 2 to about 20 carbon atoms, or 2 to 12 carbon atoms or, in some embodiments, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- alkynyl refers to straight and branched chain alkyl groups, except that at least one triple bond exists between two carbon atoms.
- acyl refers to a group containing a carbonyl moiety wherein the group is bonded via the carbonyl carbon atom.
- the carbonyl carbon atom is bonded to a
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) hydrogen forming a "formyl" group or is bonded to another carbon atom, which can be part of an alkyl, aryl, aralkyl cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl group or the like.
- An acyl group can include 0 to about 12, 0 to about 20, or 0 to about 40 additional carbon atoms bonded to the carbonyl group.
- An acyl group can include double or triple bonds within the meaning herein.
- An acryloyl group is an example of an acyl group.
- An acyl group can also include heteroatoms within the meaning herein.
- a nicotinoyl group (pyridyl-3-carbonyl) is an example of an acyl group within the meaning herein.
- Other examples include acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl, pyridylacetyl, cinnamoyl, and acryloyl groups and the like.
- the group containing the carbon atom that is bonded to the carbonyl carbon atom contains a halogen
- the group is termed a "haloacyl” group.
- An example is a trifluoroacety l group.
- cycloalky l refers to cyclic alkyd groups such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups.
- the cycloalky l group can have 3 to about 8-12 ring members, whereas in other embodiments the number of ring carbon atoms range from 3 to 4, 5, 6, or 7.
- Cycloalkyl groups further include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as, but not limited to, norbomyl, adamantyl, bomyl, camphenyl, isocamphenyl, and carenyl groups, and fused rings such as, but not limited to, decalinyl, and the like. Cycloalkyl groups also include rings that are substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl groups as defined herein.
- Representative substituted cycloalkyl groups can be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2,2-, 2,3-, 2,4- 2,5- or 2,6-disubstituted cyclohexyl groups or mono-, di- or tri-substituted norbomyl or cycloheptyl groups, which can be substituted with, for example, amino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, nitro, thio, alkoxy, and halogen groups.
- cycloalkenyl alone or in combination denotes a cyclic alkenyl group.
- aryl refers to cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups that do not contain heteroatoms in the ring.
- aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, biphenyl, indacenyl, fluorenyl, phenanthrenyl, triphenylenyl, pyrenyl, naphthacenyl, chrysenyl, biphenylenyl, anthracenyl, and naphthyl groups.
- aryl groups contain about 6 to about 14 carbons in the ring portions of the groups.
- Aryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted, as defined herein.
- Representative substituted ary l groups can be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, a phenyl group substituted at any one or more of 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-positions of the phenyl ring, or a naphthyl group substituted at any one or more of 2- to 8-positions thereof.
- aralkyl refers to alkyl groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alky l group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined herein.
- Representative aralkyl groups include benzyl and phenylethyl groups and fused (cycloalkylaryl)alkyl groups such as 4-ethyl-indanyl.
- Aralkenyl groups are alkenyl groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined herein.
- heterocyclyl refers to aromatic and non-aromatic ring compounds containing three or more ring members, of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, 0, and S.
- a heterocyclyl can be a cycloheteroalkyl, or a heteroaryl, or if polycyclic, any combination thereof.
- heterocyclyl groups include 3 to about 20 ring members, whereas other such groups have 3 to about 15 ring members.
- a heterocyclyl group designated as a C2-heterocyclyl can be a 5-ring with two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms, a 6-ring with two carbon atoms and four heteroatoms and so forth.
- a C4-heterocyclyl can be a 5-ring with one heteroatom, a 6-ring with two heteroatoms, and so forth. The number of carbon atoms plus the number of heteroatoms equals the total number of ring atoms.
- a heterocyclyl ring can also include one or more double bonds.
- a heteroaryl ring is an embodiment of a heterocyclyl group.
- the phrase "heterocyclyl group" includes fused ring species including those that include fused aromatic and non-aromatic groups. For example, a dioxolanyl ring and a benzdioxolanyl ring system (methylenedioxyphenyl ring system) are both heterocyclyl groups within the meaning herein.
- the phrase also includes polycyclic ring systems containing a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl. Heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted, or can be substituted as discussed herein.
- Heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, azabenzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, thianaphthalenyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquino
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) as, but not limited to, piperidinyl or quinolinyl groups, which are 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6- substituted, or disubstituted with groups such as those listed herein.
- heteroaryl refers to aromatic ring compounds containing 5 or more ring members, of which, one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, 0, and S; for instance, heteroaryl rings can have 5 to about 8-12 ring members.
- a heteroaryl group is a variety of a heterocyclyl group that possesses an aromatic electronic structure.
- a heteroaryl group designated as a C2-heteroaryl can be a 5-ring with two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms, a 6-ring with two carbon atoms and four heteroatoms and so forth.
- a C4-heteroaryl can be a 5-ring with one heteroatom, a 6-ring with two heteroatoms, and so forth.
- a heterocyclyl ring designated Cx-y can be any ring containing 'x' members up to 'y' members, including all intermediate integers between 'x' and 'y ' and that contains one or more heteroatoms, as defined herein. In a ring designated Cx-y, all non-heteroatom members are carbon. Heterocyclyl rings designated Cx-y can also be polycyclic ring systems, such as bicyclic or tricyclic ring systems.
- Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, azabenzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, thianaphthalenyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinazolinyl groups. Heteroaryl groups can be
- aryl and heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to phenyl, biphenyl, indenyl, naphthyl (1 -naphthyl, 2-naphthyl), N-hydroxytetrazolyl, N- hydroxytnazolyl, N-hydroxyimidazolyl, anthracenyl (1-anthracenyl, 2-anthracenyl, 3- anthracenyl), thiophenyl (2 -thienyl, 3-thienyl), furyl (2 -furyl, 3-furyl) , indolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, fluorenyl, xanthenyl, isoindanyl, benzhydryl, acridinyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl (2-pyrrolyl), pyrazolyl (3-pyrazolyl), imidazolyl (1 -imid
- heterocyclylalkyl refers to alkyl groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group as defined herein is replaced with a bond to a heterocyclyl group as defined herein.
- Representative heterocyclyl alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, furan-2-yl methyl, furan-3-yl methyl, pyridine-3-yl methyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl ethyl, and indol-2-yl propyl.
- heteroarylalkyl refers to alkyd groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heteroaryl group as defined herein.
- alkoxy refers to an oxygen atom connected to an alkyl group, including a cycloalkyl group, as are defined herein.
- linear alkoxy groups include but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, and
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) the like.
- branched alkoxy include but are not limited to isopropoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, isopentyloxy, isohexyloxy, and the like.
- cyclic alkoxy include but are not limited to cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
- An alkoxy group can include about 1 to about 12, about 1 to about 20, or about 1 to about 40 carbon atoms bonded to the oxygen atom, and can further include double or triple bonds, and can also include heteroatoms.
- an allyloxy group or a methoxyethoxy group is also an alkoxy group within the meaning herein, as is a methylenedi oxy group in a context where two adjacent atoms of a structure are substituted therewith.
- amine refers to primary, secondary, and tertiary amines having, e.g, the formula N(group)s wherein each group can independently be H or non-H, such as alkyl, aryl, and the like.
- Amines include but are not limited to R-NH2, for example, alkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines; R2NH wherein each R is independently selected, such as dialkylamines, diarylamines, aralkylamines, heterocyclylamines and the like; and R3N wherein each R is independently selected, such as trialkylamines, dialkylarylamines, alkyldiarylamines, triarylamines, and the like.
- the term "amine” also includes ammonium ions as used herein.
- amino group refers to a substituent of the form -NH2, - NHR, -NR2, -NR 3 + , wherein each R is independently selected, and protonated forms of each, except for -NR3 + , which cannot be protonated. Accordingly, any compound substituted with an ammo group can be viewed as an amine.
- An “amino group” within the meaning herein can be a primary, secondary', tertiary, or quaternary amino group.
- alkylamino includes a monoalkylamino, dialkylammo, and trialkylamino group.
- halo means, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
- haloalkyl group includes mono-halo alkyl groups, polyhalo alkyl groups wherein all halo atoms can be the same or different, and per-halo alky l groups, wherein all hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms, such as fluoro.
- haloalkyl include trifluoromethyl, 1,1 -dichloroethyl, 1,2-di chloroethyl, l,3-dibromo-3,3- difluoropropyl, perfluorobutyl, and the like.
- epoxy-functional or "epoxy-substituted” as used herein refers to a functional group in which an oxygen atom, the epoxy substituent, is directly attached to two adjacent carbon atoms of a carbon chain or ring system. Examples of epoxy-substituted
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) functional groups include, but are not limited to, 2,3 -epoxy propyl, 3 ,4-epox buty 1, 4,5- epoxypentyl, 2,3-epoxypropoxy, epoxypropoxypropyl, 2-glycidoxyethyl, 3-glycidoxypropyl, 4-glycidoxybutyl, 2’(giycidoxycarbonyl)propyl, 3-(3,4-epoxycylohexyl)propyl, 2-(3 ,4- epoxy cyclohexyl)ethyl, 2-(2,3-epoxycylopentyl)ethyl, 2-(4-methyl-3,4- epoxycyclohexyl propyl, 2-(3,4-epoxy-3-methylcylohexyl)-2-methylethyl, and 5,6- epoxy hexyl.
- monovalent refers to a substituent connecting via a single bond to a substituted molecule.
- a substituent is monovalent, such as, for example, F or Cl, it is bonded to the atom it is substituting by a single bond.
- hydrocarbon or “hydrocarbyl” as used herein refers to a molecule or functional group that includes carbon and hydrogen atoms.
- the term can also refer to a molecule or functional group that normally includes both carbon and hydrogen atoms but wherein all the hydrogen atoms are substituted with other functional groups.
- hydrocarbyl refers to a functional group derived from a straight chain, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon, and can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, acyl, or any combination thereof. Hydrocarbyl groups can be shown as (Ca- Cb)hydrocarbyl, wherein a and b are integers and mean having any of a to b number of carbon atoms.
- (Ci-Ci)hydrocarbyl means the hydrocarbyl group can be methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), or butyl (C4), and (Co-Cb)hydrocarbyl means in certain embodiments there is no hydrocarbyl group.
- solvent refers to a liquid that can dissolve a solid, liquid, or gas.
- solvents are silicones, organic compounds, water, alcohols, ionic liquids, and supercritical fluids.
- X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from noble gases” would include the scenario where, for example, X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are all the same, where X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are all different, where X 1 and X 2 are the same but X 3 is different, and other analogous permutations.
- room temperature refers to a temperature of about 15 °C to 28 °C.
- standard temperature and pressure refers to 20 °C and 101 kPa.
- composition refers to a mixture of at least one compound described herein with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to a patient or subject. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary and topical administration.
- a “disease” is a state of health of an animal wherein the animal cannot maintain homeostasis, and wherein if the disease is not ameliorated then the animal's health continues to deteriorate.
- a disorder in an animal is a state of health in which the animal is able to maintain homeostasis, but in which the animal's state of health is less favorable than it would be in the absence of the disorder. Left untreated, a disorder does not necessarily cause a further decrease in the animal's state of health.
- the terms "effective amount,” “pharmaceutically effective amount” and “therapeutically effective amount” refer to a nontoxic but sufficient amount of an agent to provide the desired biological result. That result may be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. An appropriate therapeutic amount in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using routine experimentation.
- the term “efficacy” refers to the maximal effect (Emax) achieved within an assay.
- the term "pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is relatively non-toxic, z.e., the material may be administered to an individual without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to a salt of the administered compounds prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids or bases, including inorganic acids or bases, organic acids or bases, solvates, hydrates, or clathrates thereof.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid.
- inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric (including sulfate and hydrogen sulfate), and phosphoric acids (including hydrogen phosphate and dihydrogen phosphate).
- organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, araliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which include formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, malonic, saccharin, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, trifluoromethanesulfonic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulf
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of compounds described herein include, for example, ammonium salts, metallic salts including alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and transition metal salts such as, for example, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc salts.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts also include organic salts made from basic amines such as, for example, N,N'-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine. All of these salts may be prepared from the corresponding compound by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound.
- the term "pharmaceutically acceptable earner” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier, such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound described herein within or to the patient such that it may perform its intended function.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound described herein within or to the patient such that it may perform its intended function.
- Such constructs are carried or transported from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the compound(s) described herein, and not in
- materials that may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as com starch and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, com oil and soybean oil; glycols, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; surface active agents; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic s
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also includes any and all coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are compatible with the activity of the compound(s) described herein, and are physiologically acceptable to the patient. Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may further include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound(s) described herein.
- patient refers to any animal, or cells thereof whether in vitro or in situ, amenable to the methods described herein.
- the patient, subject or individual is a human.
- the term “potency” refers to the dose needed to produce half the maximal response (ED50).
- a “therapeutic” treatment is a treatment administered to a subject who exhibits signs of pathology, for the purpose of diminishing or eliminating those signs.
- treatment is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent, i.e., a compound or compounds as described herein (alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent), to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient (e.g, for diagnosis or ex vivo applications), who has a condition contemplated herein or a symptom of a condition contemplated herein, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect a condition contemplated herein, or the symptoms of a condition contemplated herein.
- Such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics.
- R 1 and R 2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle
- R 3 and R 4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and R c ; each occurrence of R a , R b , and R c is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R 1 and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyd, C 2 -io alkenyl, C 2 -io alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, Ci-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
- a compound of Formula lb is provided:
- R 1 and R 2 or R 3 and R 4 join together to form a tetrahydrothiadiazine-2-thione of Formula Ila or lib:
- amino acids can be any combination of amino acids Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Glu, Gin, Gly, His, He, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, or Vai.
- Formula I refers to a compound of Formula la, a compound of Formula lb, and/or mixtures thereof in any proportion.
- Formula II refers to a compound of Formula Ila, a compound of Formula lib, and/or mixtures thereof in any proportion.
- Formula II is a hydrochloride salt.
- the compound of Formula I or Formula II is a salt of an acidic amino acid, such as an Asp or Glu salt.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are hydrogen.
- the compound of Formula I has the structure:
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
- the compounds described herein can possess one or more stereocenters, and each stereocenter can exist independently in either the (R) or ( ⁇ S) configuration.
- compounds described herein are present in optically active or racemic forms. It is to be understood that the compounds described herein encompass racemic, optically - active, regioisomeric and stereoisomeric forms, or combinations thereof that possess the therapeutically useful properties described herein. Preparation of optically active forms is achieved in any suitable manner, including by way of non-limiting example, by resolution of the racemic form with recrystallization techniques, synthesis from optically-active starting materials, chiral synthesis, or chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase.
- a mixture of one or more isomer is utilized as the therapeutic compound described herein.
- compounds described herein contain one or more chiral centers. These compounds are prepared by any means, including stereoselective synthesis, enantioselective synthesis and/or separation of a mixture of enantiomers and/ or diastereomers. Resolution of compounds and isomers thereof is achieved by any means including, by way of non-limiting example, chemical processes, enzymatic processes, fractional crystallization, distillation, and chromatography.
- the methods and formulations described herein include the use of N-oxides (if appropriate), crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), solvates, amorphous phases, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structure of any compound(s) described herein, as well as metabolites and active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
- Solvates include water, ether (e.g, tetrahydrofuran, methyl tert-butyl ether) or alcohol (e.g, ethanol) solvates, acetates and the like.
- the compounds described herein exist in solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, and ethanol. In other embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in unsolvated form.
- the compound(s) described herein can exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
- prodrugs refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo.
- a prodrug upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
- a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
- sites on, for example, the aromatic ring portion of compound(s) described herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactions. Incorporation of appropriate substituents on the aromatic ring structures may reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway. In certain embodiments, the appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example only, a deuterium, a halogen, or an alkyl group.
- Compounds described herein also include isotopically -labeled compounds wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
- isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds described herein include and are not limited to 2 H, 3 H, n C, 13 C, 14 C, 36 C1, 18 F, 123 1, 125 I, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 0, 18 0, 32 P, and 35 S.
- isotopically -labeled compounds are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
- substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium affords greater metabolic stability (for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements).
- substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as n C, 18 F, 15 O and 13 N is useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.
- Isotopically-labeled compounds are prepared by any suitable method or by processes using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed.
- the compounds described herein are labeled by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels.
- reactive functional groups such as hydroxyl, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups
- Protecting groups are used to block some or all of the reactive moieties and prevent such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the protective group is removed.
- each protective group is removable by a different means.
- Protective groups that are cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the requirement of differential removal.
- protective groups are removed by acid, base, reducing conditions (such as, for example, hydrogenolysis), and/or oxidative conditions.
- reducing conditions such as, for example, hydrogenolysis
- oxidative conditions such as, for example, hydrogenolysis
- Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and are used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile.
- Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties are blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl, in the presence of amines that are blocked with acid labile groups, such as t-butyl carbamate, or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
- base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl
- carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties are blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids are blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc.
- Carboxylic acid reactive moieties are protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, which include conversion to alkyl esters, or are blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while coexisting amino groups are blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
- Allyl blocking groups are useful in the presence of acid- and base- protecting groups since the former are stable and are subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts.
- an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid is deprotected with a palladium-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base-labile acetate amine protecting groups.
- Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate is attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and does not react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react.
- blocking/protecting groups may be selected from:
- compositions containing the compound(s) described herein include a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound as described herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the composition is formulated for an administration route such as oral or parenteral, for example, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g, sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal and (trans)rectal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
- the disclosure includes a method of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in a subject using the compounds of Formula I or Formula II.
- inflammatory diseases or disorders include arthritis juvenile arthritis, spondylitis, leprosy, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, and/or Rh factor arthritis.
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation includes administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or Formula II.
- the disclosure also includes a method of improving the efficacy of antibacterial agents or improving the ability of a subject to fight off a bacterial infection.
- the method includes administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or Formula II.
- the compounds of Formula I or Formula II are optionally administered with an additional agent that is useful for treating, ameliorating, or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in a subject.
- additional agents include steroids and/or NSAIDs (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs).
- steroids include corticosteroids such as triamcinolone, cortisone, prednisone, methylprednisolone, and the like.
- Non-liming examples of NSAIDs include aspirin, celecoxib, diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, naproxen, and the like.
- the additional anti-inflammatory agents can be administered sequentially or concurrently with the compounds of Formula I or Formula II.
- the compounds of Formula I or Formula II are optionally administered with an additional agent that is an antibacterial agent.
- an antibacterial agent can be used, including but not limited to penicillins, tetracyclines, cephalosporins, quinolones, lincomycins, macrolides, sulfonamides, glycopeptides, aminoglycosides, carbapenems, and the like.
- LACC1 laccase domain-containing 1 protein
- LACC1 serves a central regulatory role in a variety of inflammatory diseases and is expressed predominantly in myeloid cells.
- LACC1 also known as C13orf31 or FAMIN, is robustly activated by lipopolysaccharide (LPS) or poly-I:C in mouse bone marrow derived macrophages (BMDMs). Consistent with LACC1 activity in inflammatory Ml macrophages, its expression is induced by macrophage colonystimulating factor (M-CSF) in an AKT-mTOR-dependent manner during human monocytemacrophage differentiation.
- LPS lipopolysaccharide
- BMDMs mouse bone marrow derived macrophages
- Frame-shift mutations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms K38E, 1254 and C284R in LACC1 identified in genome-wide association studies (GWAS) are correlated with early-onset Crohn’s disease (CD), ankylosing spondylitis, systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA), and a high-risk state for leprosy (Mycobacterium leprae infections).
- Mouse models deficient in LACC1 showed exacerbated arthritis, psoriasis, T cell transfer colitis (Rag2' /_ background), and intestinal bacterial infection (Citrobacter rodentium and Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium).
- a Laccl''' mouse model was generated and the metabolites extracted from its isolated inflammatory Ml BMDM cells (FIG. 1 A).
- the LACC1 substrates can accumulate in these cells.
- the metabolite extract was incubated with mLACCl (1 h; 37°C) in phosphate buffered saline supplemented with Zn 2+ and then analyzed by ultra-performance liquid chromatography quadrupole time-of- flight mass spectrometry (UPLC-QTOF-MS).
- UPLC-QTOF-MS ultra-performance liquid chromatography quadrupole time-of- flight mass spectrometry
- L-Om was the most upregulated metabolite among significant hits (FDR ⁇ 0.05) under these conditions (positive ion mode, FIG. IB; negative ion mode, FIG. 5D).
- L- Om is a product of L-Arg metabolism, which is the major metabolism classification between
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) classical and alternatively activated macrophages.
- L-Arg is metabolized to NO and L-Cit viaNOS2.
- IL-4 stimulated anti-inflammatory macrophages
- L-Arg is metabolized to L-Om and urea via arginase.
- wBMDMs were first culturedfrom WT and LaccL' ⁇ mice and stimulated with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) and interferon-y (IFNy) for 16 hours.
- LPS lipopolysaccharide
- IFNy interferon-y
- cytokines such as TNFa, IL6 and IL12b were upregulated ⁇ n Laccl" BMDMs (FIG. 2A, FIG. 7I-FIG. 7K), further supporting the anti-inflammatory function of LACC1.
- LPS lipopolysaccharide
- IFNy interferon-y
- Laccl C284R/C284R mice showed an intermediate phenotype with exacerbated bacterial infection and more severe bacterial burden (FIG. 7A-FIG. 7E), which was consistent with the Laccl J ⁇ mouse studies and the C284R mutant biochemical studies. Moreover, inflammamtory BMDMs from the Laccl C284R/C284R mice showed an intermediate elevation of TNFa, IL6 and IL12b upon LPS and IFNy stimulation (FIG. 7F-
- L-Om is decarboxylated by ornithine decarboxylase 1 (ODC1) to produce putrescine for polyamine synthesis. Odel expression is upregulated during bacterial infections.
- ODC1 ornithine decarboxylase 1
- L-Met L-methionine
- AdoMetDC AdoMet decarboxylase
- dcSAM is then used as an aminopropyl group donor by spermidine synthase (SRM) to convert putrescine into spermidine and spermine synthase (SMS) to convert spermidine into spermine (FIG. 11A).
- SRM spermidine synthase
- SMS spermine synthase
- FIG. 11A To examine the impact of the enzymatic function of LACC1 on poly amine synthesis in BMDMs, BMDMs from WT and /.occ7" mice supplemented with l,2,3,4,5- 13 Cs labeled L- Cit during Ml differentiation were first cultured.
- LACC1 function can be dependent upon NOS2 as the latter provides the substrate for the former (FIG. 4A).
- NosZ ⁇ mice were bred with LaccT mice to generate Nos2-Laccl double knockout mice and measured their performance in vivo relative to controls in the S. Typhimurium infection model. It was observed that NOS2 protected mice from 5. Typhimurium infection based on body weight loss, survival, and bacterial burden in feces and invaded organs as anticipated (FIGs. 4B-4G), consistent with
- LACC1 contributes to anti-inflammatory and antibacterial functions through the L-Om-polyamine immunometabolism signaling axis (FIG. 5).
- the RCS-like cytotoxin and carbamoylation reagent HNCO likely contributes as an antimicrobial and signaling molecule, but the present evaluation of activities with exogenous OCN supplementation could be masked by the overall effects of cellular ROS, RNS, and RCS in these inflammatory macrophage phenotypes.
- LACC1 SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26) macrophages. While other enzymatic activities of LACC1 may contribute, the present results support a molecular mechanism in which LACC1 is a central immunometabolic regulator in L-Arg macrophage metabolism, and they reveal the missing mechanistic connection between proinflammatory NOS2 signaling and subsequent anti-inflammatory polyamine-mediated cytokine suppression, antioxidant activity, and autophagy stimulation (FIG. 1 IB).
- polyamines such as spermidine have been reported to: 1) have a role in decreasing oxidative damage, although the mechanism is unclear; 2) stimulate autophagy in mammalian cells; and 3) alleviate experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis through inducing inhibitory macrophages.
- M2 anti-inflammatory macrophages poly amine biosynthesis modulates mitochondrial metabolism through eIF5A hypusination, maintaining the TCA cycle and the electron transport chain (ETC) mtegnty.
- ETC electron transport chain
- LACC1 serves as an unprecedented endogenous mammalian HNCO synthase, an activity observed for antimicrobial myeloperoxidase only with specific exogenous environmental metabolites from high-fat diet and chronic exposure to cyanide, mimicking exposure to pollution and smoking. While other activities of LACC1 -mediated L- Om and HNCO production in cells cannot be ruled out, the present molecular studies support an alternative immunometabolic proposal for LACC1 in autophagy regulation through its contribution to polyamine synthesis in addition to its reported interaction with autophagyinducing proteins, RACK1 and AMPK. These findings suggest that L-Om could serve as a novel nutraceutical to ameliorate LACC1 -associated immunological and autoimmune dysfunctions.
- the methods described herein include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound described herein, which is optionally formulated in a pharmaceutical composition.
- a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound described herein present in a pharmaceutical composition is the only therapeutically active compound in a pharmaceutical composition.
- the method further comprises administering to the subject an additional therapeutic agent that treats an inflammatory disease.
- administering the compound(s) described herein to the subject allows for administering a lower dose of the additional therapeutic agent as compared to the dose of the additional therapeutic agent alone that is required to achieve similar results in treating an inflammatory disease in the subject.
- the compound(s) described herein enhance(s) the activity of the additional therapeutic
- the compound(s) described herein and the therapeutic agent are co-administered to the subject. In other embodiments, the compound(s) described herein and the therapeutic agent are coformulated and co-administered to the subject.
- the subject is a mammal. In other embodiments, the mammal is a human.
- the compounds useful within the methods described herein can be used in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful for treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease.
- additional therapeutic agents may comprise compounds that are commercially available or synthetically accessible to those skilled in the art. These additional therapeutic agents are known to treat or reduce the symptoms of an inflammatory disease.
- a synergistic effect is observed when a compound as described herein is administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents or compounds.
- a synergistic effect may be calculated, for example, using suitable methods such as, for example, the Sigmoid-Emax equation (Holford & Scheiner, 1981, Clin. Pharmacokinet. 6:429-453), the equation of Loewe additivity (Loewe & Muischnek, 1926, Arch. Exp. Pathol Pharmacol. 114:313-326) and the median-effect equation (Chou & Talalay, 1984, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 22:27-55).
- Each equation referred to above may be applied to experimental data to generate a corresponding graph to aid in assessing the effects of the drug combination.
- the corresponding graphs associated with the equations referred to above are the concentration-effect curve, isobologram curve and combination index curve, respectively.
- the regimen of administration may affect what constitutes an effective amount.
- the therapeutic formulations may be administered to the subject either prior to or after the onset of an inflammatory disease. Further, several divided dosages, as well as staggered dosages may be administered daily or sequentially, or the dose may be continuously infused, or maybe a bolus injection. Further, the dosages of the therapeutic formulations may be proportionally increased or decreased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic or prophylactic situation.
- compositions described herein may be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to treat an inflammatory disease in the patient.
- An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the state of the disease or disorder in the patient; the age, sex, and weight of the patient; and the ability of the therapeutic compound to treat an inflammatory disease in the patient.
- Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
- a nonlimiting example of an effective dose range for a therapeutic compound described herein is from about 1 and 5,000 mg/kg of body weight/per day.
- One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to study the relevant factors and make the determination regarding the effective amount of the therapeutic compound without undue experimentation.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- the selected dosage level depends upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds or materials used in combination with the compound, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well, known in the medical arts.
- a medical doctor e.g, physician or veterinarian, having ordinary skill in the art may readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required.
- physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds described herein employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the patients to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle.
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
- the dosage unit forms of the compound(s) described herein are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding/formulating such a therapeutic compound.
- compositions described herein are formulated using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
- pharmaceutical compositions described herein comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the carrier may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
- the proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as mannitol and sorbitol, in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
- compositions described herein are administered to the patient in dosages that range from one to five times per day or more. In other embodiments, the compositions described herein are administered to the patient in range of dosages that include, but are not limited to, once every day, every two, days, every three days to once a week, and once every two weeks. It is readily apparent to one skilled in the art that the frequency of administration of the various combination compositions described herein varies from individual to individual depending on many factors including, but not limited to, age, disease or disorder to be treated, gender, overall health, and other factors. Thus, administration of the compounds and compositions described herein should not be construed to be limited to any particular dosage regime and the precise dosage and composition to be administered to any patient is determined by the attending physician taking all other factors about the patient into account.
- the compound(s) described herein for administration may be in the range of from about 1 pg to about 10,000 mg, about 20 pg to about 9,500 mg, about 40 pg to about 9,000 mg, about 75 pg to about 8,500 mg, about 150 pg to about 7,500 mg, about 200 pg to about
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) 7,000 mg, about 350 pg to about 6,000 mg, about 500 ig to about 5,000 mg, about 750 pig to about 4,000 mg, about 1 mg to about 3,000 mg, about 10 mg to about 2,500 mg, about 20 mg to about 2,000 mg, about 25 mg to about 1,500 mg, about 30 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 40 mg to about 900 mg, about 50 mg to about 800 mg, about 60 mg to about 750 mg, about 70 mg to about 600 mg, about 80 mg to about 500 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments therebetween.
- the dose of a compound described herein is from about 1 mg and about 2,500 mg. In some embodiments, a dose of a compound described herein used in compositions described herein is less than about 10,000 mg, or less than about 8,000 mg, or less than about 6,000 mg, or less than about 5,000 mg, or less than about 3,000 mg, or less than about 2,000 mg, or less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 50 mg.
- a dose of a second compound as described herein is less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 400 mg, or less than about 300 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 100 mg, or less than about 50 mg, or less than about 40 mg, or less than about 30 mg, or less than about 25 mg, or less than about 20 mg, or less than about 15 mg, or less than about 10 mg, or less than about 5 mg, or less than about 2 mg, or less than about 1 mg, or less than about 0.5 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof.
- a composition as described herein is a packaged pharmaceutical composition comprising a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, alone or in combination with a second pharmaceutical agent; and instructions for using the compound to treat, prevent, or reduce one or more symptoms of an inflammatory disease in a patient.
- Formulations may be employed in admixtures with conventional excipients, i.e., pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for oral, parenteral, nasal, intravenous, subcutaneous, enteral, or any other suitable mode of administration, known to the art.
- the pharmaceutical preparations may be sterilized and if desired mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or aromatic substances and the like. They may also be combined where desired with other active agents, e.g., other analgesic agents.
- compositions described herein include oral, nasal, rectal, intravaginal, parenteral, buccal, sublingual or topical.
- routes of administration of any of the compositions described herein include oral, nasal, rectal, intravaginal, parenteral, buccal, sublingual or topical.
- the compounds for use in any of the compositions described herein include oral, nasal, rectal, intravaginal, parenteral, buccal, sublingual or topical.
- compositions described herein can be formulated for administration by any suitable route, such as for oral or parenteral, for example, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g, sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g, trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal and (trans)rectal), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
- transdermal e.g, sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral
- vaginal e.g, trans- and perivaginally
- compositions and dosage forms include, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, gel caps, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, granules, beads, transdermal patches, gels, powders, pellets, magmas, lozenges, creams, pastes, plasters, lotions, discs, suppositories, liquid sprays for nasal or oral administration, dry powder or aerosolized formulations for inhalation, compositions and formulations for intravesical administration and the like. It should be understood that the formulations and compositions described herein are not limited to the particular formulations and compositions that are described herein.
- compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known in the art and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of inert, non-toxic pharmaceutically excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients include, for example an inert diluent such as lactose; granulating and disintegrating agents such as cornstarch; binding agents such as starch; and lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate.
- the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques for elegance or to delay the release of the active ingredients.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert diluent.
- the compound(s) described herein can be in the form of tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., cornstarch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrates (e.g., sodium starch glycollate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate).
- the tablets may be coated using suitable methods and coating materials such as OPADRYTM film coating systems available from Colorcon, West Point, Pa. (e.g., OPADRYTM OY Type, OYC Type, Organic Enteric OY-P Type, Aqueous Enteric OY-A Type, OY-PM Type and
- Liquid preparation for oral administration may be in the form of solutions, syrups or suspensions.
- the liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agent (e.g, lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g, almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol); and preservatives (e.g, methyl or propyl p-hydroxy benzoates or sorbic acid).
- suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats
- emulsifying agent e.g, lecithin or acacia
- non-aqueous vehicles e.g, almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol
- preservatives e.g, methyl or propyl p-hydroxy benzoates or sorbic acid
- compositions as described herein can be prepared, packaged, or sold in a formulation suitable for oral or buccal administration.
- a tablet that includes a compound as described herein can, for example, be made by compressing or molding the active ingredient, optionally with one or more additional ingredients.
- Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable device, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granular preparation, optionally mixed with one or more of a binder, a lubricant, an excipient, a surface active agent, and a dispersing agent.
- Molded tablets may be made by molding, in a suitable device, a mixture of the active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and at least sufficient liquid to moisten the mixture.
- compositions used in the manufacture of tablets include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, granulating and disintegrating agents, dispersing agents, surface-active agents, disintegrating agents, binding agents, and lubricating agents.
- Suitable dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, potato starch, sodium starch gly collate, poloxamer 407, or poloxamer 188.
- One or more dispersing agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- One or more dispersing agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- surfactants include cationic, anionic, or non-ionic surfactants, or combinations thereof.
- Suitable surfactants include, but are not limited to, behentrimonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzododecinium bromide, carbethopendecinium bromide, cetalkonium chloride, cetrimonium bromide, cetrimonium chloride, cetylpyndine chloride, didecyldimethylammonium chloride, dimethyldioctadecylammonium bromide, dimethyldioctadecylammomum chloride, domiphen bromide, lauryl methyl gluceth-10 hydroxypropyl dimonium chloride, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, thonzonium bromide, stearalkonium chloride, octenidine dihydrochloride, olaflur,
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) N-oleyl-l,3-propanediamine, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, alkylbenzene sulfonates, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ammonium perfluorononanoate, docusate, disodium cocoamphodiacetate, magnesium laureth sulfate, perfluorobutanesulfonic acid, perfluorononanoic acid, perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, perfluorooctanoic acid, potassium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyl sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, sodium laurate, sodium laureth sulfate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, sodium myreth sulfate, sodium nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate, sodium pareth sulfate, sodium stearate,
- One or more surfactants can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- One or more surfactants can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, sodium carbonate, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium phosphate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, and sodium phosphate, Cellactose ® 80 (75 % a- lactose monohydrate and 25 % cellulose powder), mannitol, pre-gelatinized starch, starch, sucrose, sodium chloride, talc, anhydrous lactose, and granulated lactose.
- One or more diluents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- One or more diluents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%,
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26) 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- Suitable granulating and disintegrating agents include, but are not limited to, sucrose, copovidone, com starch, microcrystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium starch gly collate, pregelatinized starch, povidone, sodium carboxy methyl cellulose, sodium alginate, citric acid, croscarmellose sodium, cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, colloidal silicone dioxide, crosspovidone and alginic acid.
- One or more granulating or disintegrating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- One or more granulating or disintegrating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- Suitable binding agents include, but are not limited to, gelatin, acacia, pre-gelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, anhydrous lactose, lactose monohydrate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, povidone, polyacrylamides, sucrose, dextrose, maltose, gelatin, polyethylene glycol.
- One or more binding agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- One or more binding agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- Suitable lubricating agents include, but are not limited to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, hydrogenated castor oil, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl behenate, mineral oil, polyethylene glycol, poloxamer 407, poloxamer 188, sodium laureth sulfate, sodium benzoate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, silica, and talc.
- One or more lubricating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- One or more lubricating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
- Tablets can be non-coated or they may be coated using known methods to achieve delayed disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract of a subject, thereby providing sustained
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) release and absorption of the active ingredient.
- a material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be used to coat tablets.
- tablets may be coated using methods described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,256,108; 4,160,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotically controlled release tablets.
- Tablets may further comprise a sweetening agent, a flavoring agent, a coloring agent, a preservative, or some combination of these in order to provide for pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparation.
- Tablets can also be enterically coated such that the coating begins to dissolve at a certain pH, such as at about pH 5.0 to about pH 7.5, thereby releasing a compound as described herein.
- the coating can contain, for example, EUDRAGIT ® L, S, FS, and/or E polymers with acidic or alkaline groups to allow release of a compound as described herein in a particular location, including in any desired section(s) of the intestine.
- the coating can also contain, for example, EUDRAGIT ® RL and/or RS polymers with cationic or neutral groups to allow for time controlled release of a compound as described herein by pH-independent swelling.
- the compounds as described herein may be formulated for injection or infusion, for example, intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or infusion, or for administration in a bolus dose and/or continuous infusion.
- Suspensions, solutions or emulsions in an oily or aqueous vehicle, optionally containing other formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents may be used.
- Sterile injectable forms of the compositions described herein may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in anon- toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1, 3-butanediol.
- acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- Sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
- Fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
- oils such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
- These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26) alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as such as lauryl, stearyl, or oleyl alcohols, or similar alcohol.
- Additional dosage forms suitable for use with the compound(s) and compositions described herein include dosage forms as described in U.S. Patents Nos. 6,340,475; 6,488,962; 6,451,808; 5,972,389; 5,582,837; and 5,007,790. Additional dosage forms suitable for use with the compound(s) and compositions described herein also include dosage forms as described in U.S. Patent Applications Nos. 20030147952; 20030104062; 20030104053; 20030044466; 20030039688; and 20020051820. Additional dosage forms suitable for use with the compound(s) and compositions described herein also include dosage forms as described in PCT Applications Nos.
- the formulations described herein can be, but are not limited to, short-term, rapid-offset, as well as controlled, for example, sustained release, delayed release and pulsatile release formulations.
- sustained release is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for gradual release of a drug over an extended period of time, and that may, although not necessarily, result in substantially constant blood levels of a drug over an extended time period.
- the period of time may be as long as a month or more and should be a release which is longer that the same amount of agent administered in bolus form.
- the compounds may be formulated with a suitable polymer or hydrophobic material which provides sustained release properties to the compounds.
- the compounds for use with the method(s) described herein may be administered in the form of microparticles, for example, by injection or in the form of wafers or discs by implantation.
- the dosage forms to be used can be provided as slow or controlled- release of one or more active ingredients therein using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, or microspheres or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
- Suitable controlled-release formulations include hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, or microspheres or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those descnbed herein, can be readily selected for use with the pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
- single unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration such as tablets, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets, that are adapted for controlled-release are encompassed by the compositions and dosage forms described herein.
- controlled-release pharmaceutical products have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled counterparts.
- the use of an optimally designed controlled-release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time.
- Advantages of controlled-release formulations include extended activity of the drug, reduced dosage frequency, and increased patient compliance.
- controlled-release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood level of the drug, and thus can affect the occurrence of side effects.
- controlled-release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug that promptly produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release of other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic effect over an extended period of time.
- the drug In order to maintain this constant level of drug in the body, the drug must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body.
- Controlled-release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various inducers, for example pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds.
- controlled-release component is defined herein as a compound or compounds, including, but not limited to, polymers, polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, liposomes, or microspheres or a combination thereof that facilitates the controlled-release of the active ingredient.
- the compound(s) described herein are administered to a patient, alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, using a sustained release formulation.
- the compound(s) described herein are administered to a patient, alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, using a sustained release formulation.
- delayed release is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for an initial release of the drug after some delay following drug administration and that mat, although not necessarily, includes a delay of from about 10 minutes up to about 12 hours.
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26)
- pulsatile release is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides release of the drug in such a way as to produce pulsed plasma profdes of the drug after drug administration.
- immediate release is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for release of the drug immediately after drug administration.
- short-term refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes and any or all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration after drug administration.
- rapid-offset refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration.
- the therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound described herein depends on the age, sex and weight of the patient, the cunent medical condition of the patient and the progression of an inflammatory disease in the patient being treated. The skilled artisan is able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors.
- a suitable dose of a compound described herein can be in the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 5,000 mg per day, such as from about 0. 1 mg to about 1,000 mg, for example, from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, such as about 5 mg to about 250 mg per day.
- the dose may be administered in a single dosage or in multiple dosages, for example from 1 to 4 or more times per day. When multiple dosages are used, the amount of each dosage may be the same or different. For example, a dose of 1 mg per day may be administered as two 0.5 mg doses, with about a 12-hour interval between doses.
- the amount of compound dosed per day may be administered, in non-limiting examples, every day, every other day, every 2 days, every 3 days, every 4 days, or every 5 days.
- a 5 mg per day dose may be initiated on Monday with a first subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Wednesday, a second subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Friday, and so on.
- the administration of the compound(s) described herein is optionally given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered is temporarily reduced or temporarily
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a "drug holiday").
- the length of the drug holiday optionally varies between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days.
- the dose reduction during a drug holiday includes from 10%-100%, including, by way of example only, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100%.
- a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, is reduced to a level at which the improved disease is retained.
- patients require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms and/or infection.
- unit dosage form refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosage for patients undergoing treatment, with each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, optionally in association with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier.
- the unit dosage form may be for a single daily dose or one of multiple daily doses (e.g, about 1 to 4 or more times per day). When multiple daily doses are used, the unit dosage form may be the same or different for each dose.
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens are optionally determined in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LDso (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the EDso (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
- the dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which is expressed as the ratio between LDso and EDso.
- the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are optionally used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human.
- the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity.
- the dosage optionally varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- LACC1 LACC1 K38E, human LACC1 1254V and human LACC1 C284R were generated using the Q5 Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit (New England BioLabs, E0554S).
- coll BL21(DE3) cells were transformed with the expression plasmids and grown aerobically at 37°C and 250 revolutions per minute (rpm) in ampicillin-supplemented (100 pg/mL) Luria Bertani (LB) medium. Expression was induced at an ODeoo of 0.5-0.6 with 0.3 mM isopropyl p-D-1- thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) for 4 h at 30°C. Cells were harvested by centrifugation (6000 x g, 4 °C, 20 min) and cell pellets were washed twice with PBS.
- IPTG isopropyl p-D-1- thiogalactopyranoside
- Cells were then resuspended in 5 mL of column buffer on ice containing 20 mM Tris-HCl, 200 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5, and complete Mini EDTA-free protease inhibitor cocktail (1 tablet per 50 mL buffer, Roche, 11873580001).
- the cells were lysed by sonication on ice and cleared by centrifugation at 35,000 x g for 30 minutes.
- the protein-containing supernatant was loaded onto a pre-equilibrated amylose resin column (New England BioLabs, E8021S). The column was washed with 20 column volumes of column buffer.
- the protein was eluted with 10 column volumes of column buffer supplemented with 10 mM maltose.
- the eluted fractions were pooled and concentrated using centrifugal filters (Millipore, UFC503096) for use in further assays.
- E. coli BL21(DE3) expressing recombinant mouse and human Laccl proteins were cultured in 5 mL LB medium containing 10 mM l,2,3,4,5- 13 C5-L-Cit. Expression was induced at an optical density (ODeoo) of 0.5-0.6 with 0.5 mM isopropyl p-D- 1 -thiogalactopyranoside and cultured at 16° C for 48 hours. The culture extract was coupled with l-fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl- 5-L-alanine amide according to the manufacturer’s protocol.
- Derivatized samples were analyzed by UPLC- QTOF-MS (Phenomenex Kinetex C18 column (100 A) 5 pm (250 x 4.6 mm 2 ); flow rate, 0.7 mL min -1 ; mobile phase composition, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid for 30 min).
- I.acci BMDMs were cultured as mentioned below and stimulated with 20 ng/mL LPS (Sigma, L4391) and 50 ng/mL IFNy (BioLegend, 575302) for 16 hours. Cells were washed with ice- cold PBS twice and extracted with ice-cold MeOH. The extraction mixture was centrifuged and the supernatant was dried using N2 gas flow.
- Laccl ⁇ ' BMDM cell pellet extract was incubated with 10 pM mLACCl in 100 pL PBS buffer supplemented with 1 pM ZnSCL in triplicate for 1 h at 37°C and quenched by 200 pL ice-cold acetonitrile (AcCN).
- the reaction mixture was centrifuged at 20,000 x g for 10 min and the supernatant was analyzed using an Agilent iFunnel 6550 quadrupole time of flight (Q-TOF) MS instrument fitted with an electrospray ionization (ESI) source coupled to an Agilent 1290 Infinity HPLC system with an Xbridge BEH Amide XP HILIC 2.5 pm, 2.1 mm x 100 mm column (Waters, 186006091). The column was maintained at 25°C during analysis.
- the mobile phase A was 20 mM ammonium acetate/0.1% formic acid pH 3.5.
- the mobile phase B was 100% acetonitrile.
- the flow rate was 0.22 mL/min.
- the gradient elution was as follows: 0 min: 85% B; 0.5 min: 85% B; 9 min: 35% B; 11 min: 2% B; 12 min: 85% B; 25 min: 85% B.
- the data were acquired in positive and negative ion mode (FIG. 5D) with a full scan range of 50-1700 m/z, respectively.
- the metabolomics data were processed with Mass Profiler Professional Software 14.0 (Agilent) and presented as a volcano plot showing fold change (FC) versus false discovery rate (FDR) values.
- HNCO HNCO
- 6- 13 Ci-labelled L-Cit 1 mg was incubated with 10 pM mLACCl in D2O (200 pL) for 1 hour.
- the reaction mixture was then subjected to 13 C NMR on 4 h intervals to detect cyanate, the conjugate base of HNCO, with reference to its central 13 C chemical shift value of 128.64 ppm. Spectrum shown was on the 2 nd interval at 5 h incubation time.
- the negative control was prepared as described above without mLACCl, and the chemical standard used was 1
- the enzymatic assay was performed as mentioned above. In some conditions as noted, KH2PO4 or Na2HPO4 was used for pH adjustment while 10 pM EDTA or 10 pM TPEN was added for metal chelation. The reaction mixture was quenched with 200 pL MeOH. Then, the mixture was centrifuged and coupled with l-fluoro-2,4- dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide, FDAA (Thermo, 48895) per the manufacturer’s protocol.
- the samples were analy zed by UPLC-QTOF-MS (Phenomenex Kinetex C18 (100 A) 5 pm (250 x 4.6 mm 2 ) column; flow rate, 0.7 mL/min; mobile phase composition, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid for 30 min).
- the enzymatic assay was performed in triplicate as mentioned above at different concentrations of L-Cit (5 pM, 10 pM, 25 pM, 50 pM, 100 pM, 200 pM and 500 pM) over time (60 min, 120 min, 300 min, and 600 min). The velocity was calculated, and the Michaelis-Menten curves were plotted for the measurement of Km and feat using Prism 9 (GraphPad).
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26) GTTAAGGCCATCGCGGACATGGG, (SEQ ID NO: 2)) were used collectively to target exon 3 and exon 7, respectively.
- an sgRNA (GAAGACGATGGGTATACAGTCGG, SEQ ID NO: 3) and an oligo donor (CCTACCGGAGTGAGCAACCCCACATGCCTTTTTCACAGGATCTGCGAAGACGAT GGGTATACgGTCGGCGCCAAGAGCAGTGATTGTGACTCCTCTCTGAT TTGTGACGATCCCATCGTAAGA, SEQ ID NO: 4) were used collectively for homologous recombination.
- BMDMs were generated from progenitor cells isolated from femurs and tibias of mice and maintained in DMEM medium (Gibco, 11965118) with 10% FBS (Sigma, F8192-500M1), 1% penicillin/ streptomycin (Gibco, 15070063) and 50 ng/mL M-CSF (R&D, 416-ML-010) for 6 days.
- Cells were reseeded and stimulated with 20 ng/mL LPS (Sigma, L4391) and 50 ng/mL IFNy (BioLegend, 575302) in triplicate for 16 hours.
- 1 mM DFMO (Cayman, 16889) was supplemented during Ml differentiation to inhibit ODC1.
- culture supernatants were collected for TNFa, IL6 and IL12b ELISA assays (R&D, DY410-05, DY406-05, DY499-05) according to the manufacturer’s protocols.
- SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) return it to log phase growth and increase virulence.
- bacterial CFUs were calculated with an infection dose of 1 x 10 3 CFUs per mouse.
- faecal pellets were resuspended in PBS at 50 mg/mL and vortexed for 20 min.
- Bacteria containing supernatants were clarified by centrifugation at 50 x g for 10 min. Serial dilutions were conducted, and bacteria were plated in triplicate on LB streptomycin (100 pg/mL) plates. For caecal, liver and spleen CFU enumeration, organs were isolated, weighed, and added to 2 ml of PBS. Tissue was dissociated with Gentl eMacs C Tubes (Miltenyi Biotech) per the manufacturer’s instructions. CFUs were calculated using similar methodology as above.
- BMDMs S'. Typhimurium infection in BMDMs.
- the BMDM culture medium was replaced with antibiotic-free medium.
- Medium was then removed and replaced with medium containing 100 pg/mL gentamycin to kill extracellular bacteria for 1 h (z.e., the gentamycin protection assay).
- Medium was replaced with fresh medium including 25 pg/mL gentamycin.
- BMDMs were generated as mentioned above, reseeded at a density of 1 x 10 6 cells/mL in phenol red-free DMEM medium (Gibco, 21063029) with 10% FBS (Sigma, F8192-500M1), 1% penicillin/streptomycin (Gibco, 15070063), and 1 mM
- the clarified supernatant was transferred to an LC-MS vial and analyzed by an Agilent iFunnel 6550 QTOF-MS instrument fitted with an ESI source or an Agilent 6490 ESI-QQQ-MS/MS instrument coupled to an Agilent 1290 Infinity HPLC system with an Xbndge BEH Amide XP HILIC 2.5 pm, 2.1 mm x 100 mm column (Waters, 186006091). The column was maintained at 25°C during the analysis.
- the mobile phase A was 20 mM ammonium acetate/0.1% formic acid pH 3.5.
- the mobile phase B was 100% acetonitrile.
- the flow rate was 0.4 mL/min.
- the gradient elution was as follows: 0 min: 95% B; 0.5 min: 95% B; 3 min: 70% B; 6 mm: 40% B; 6.5 mm: 0% B; 9.5 mm: 0% B; 10 mm: 95% B; 15 mm: 95% B.
- MassHunter Qualitative Analysis B.07.00 (Agilent) was used to perform peak picking, peak alignment, and peak intensity integration.
- Embodiment 1 provides a method of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, and/or inflammation in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula la, or a salt, solvate, or N-oxide thereof:
- R 1 and R 2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle
- R 3 and R 4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and R c ; each occurrence of R a , R b , and R c is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R 1 and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyd, C 2 -io alkenyl, C 2 -io alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, Ci-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
- Embodiment 2 provides the method of embodiment 1, wherein the inflammatory disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of arthritis juvenile arthritis, spondylitis, leprosy, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, and Rh factor arthritis.
- Embodiment 3 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-2, wherein the compound is formulated as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition further including at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Embodiment 4 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are hydrogen.
- Embodiment 5 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein the compound of Formula la is a hydrochloride salt.
- Embodiment 6 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-5, wherein the subject is a mammal.
- Embodiment 7 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-6, wherein the mammal is a human.
- Embodiment 8 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-7, wherein the subject is administered at least one additional agent for treating, ameliorating, or preventing the inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in the subject.
- Embodiment 9 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-8, wherein the compound is administered by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
- Embodiment 10 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-9, wherein the route is oral administration.
- Embodiment 11 provides method of improving efficacy of an antibacterial agent in a subject and/or improving ability of a subject to fight off a bacterial infection, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula la, or a salt, solvate, or N-oxide thereof: Formula la wherein:
- R 1 and R 2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle
- R 3 and R 4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and
- each occurrence of R a , R b , and R c is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R' and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, C1-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
- Embodiment 12 provides the method of embodiment 11, wherein the compound is formulated as a pharmaceutically effective composition further including at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Embodiment 13 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-12, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are hydrogen.
- Embodiment 14 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-13, wherein the compound of Formula la is a hydrochloride salt.
- Embodiment 15 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-14, wherein the subject is a mammal.
- Embodiment 16 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-15, wherein the mammal is a human.
- Embodiment 17 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-16, wherein the compound is administered with at least one antibacterial agent.
- Embodiment 18 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-17, wherein the compound is administered by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
- Embodiment 19 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-18, wherein the route is oral administration.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provided herein are methods of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing inflammatory diseases or disorders by administering to an afflicted subject a composition comprising ornithine, or a derivative thereof. Also provided are methods of improving the efficacy of antibacterial agents or improving the ability of a subject to fight off a bacterial infection by administering to a subject a composition comprising ornithine, or a derivative thereof.
Description
TITLE
Treatment, Amelioration, and/or Prevention of Inflammatory and Autoimmune Diseases
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/349,394 entitled "TREATMENT, AMELIORATION, AND/OR PREVENTION OF INFLAMMATORY AND AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES," filed June 6, 2022, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
INCORPORATION-BY-REFERENCE OF MATERIAL SUBMITTED ELECTRONICALLY
This invention contains one or more sequences in a computer readable format in an accompanying text file titled "047162-7336WOl.xml," which was created on June 6, 2022 and is 4.6 KB in size, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
BACKGROUND
The mammalian immune system employs various pattern recognition receptors (PRRs) to recognize invaders and host damage and transmits this information to downstream immunometabolic signaling outcomes. Laccase domain-containing 1 (LACC1) protein is an enzyme highly expressed in inflammatory macrophages and serves a central regulatory role in multiple inflammatory diseases, such as in inflammatory bowel diseases (IBDs), arthritis, and clearance of microbial infection.
There is a pressing need to provide new safe and effective treatments for inflammatory disorders such as arthritis and IBS. The present invention addresses this need.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
The drawings illustrate generally, by way of example, but not by way of limitation, various embodiments of the present application.
FIGs. 1 A-1H show that LACC1 is an endogenous isocyanic acid synthase, converting L-Cit to L-Om and HNCO. FIG. 1 A shows a schematic pipeline used for in vitro enzymatic evaluation of mLACCl. FIG. IB is a volcano plot showing the fold change (FC) (substrate with mLACCl versus substrate with heat inactivated mLACCl) and false discovery' rate
- 1 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
(FDR) values in positive ion mode. FIG. 1C shows abundance of L-Om in enzymatic assays validating the substrate of mLACCl. FIG. ID shows the Michaelis-Menten curves of mLACCl, hLACCl, hLACCl I254V, hLACCl C284R, and hLACCl K38E. FIG. IE shows abundance of HNCO in enzymatic assays, as assessed by the 2-aminobenzoate-HNCO carbamoylation assay. FIG. IF is a summary of kinetic parameters of mLACCl, hLACCl, hLACCl K38E, hLACCl I254V, and hLACCl C284R. FIG. 1G shows major biochemical transformation mediated by LACC1. FIG. 1H shows direct detection of isocyanic acid (HNCO) through 13C-NMR spectroscopy. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three biological replicates (n = 3). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01; ***P<0.001; nd, not detectable.
FIGs. 2A-2G show that LACC1 inhibits proinflammatory cytokine signaling and protects from S. Typhimurium infection. FIG. 2A shows ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL 12b secreted by BMDMs in the presence or absence of immunostimulant (LPS + IFNy), exogenously supplied LACC1 product L-Om (1, 5 mM), and/or the conjugate base of LACC1 product HNCO, NaOCN (100 pM, 1 mM). FIG. 2B shows the body weight of each mouse was monitored daily after S. Typhimurium infection with or without 1% L-Om administration, and the body weight loss was depicted as the percentage (%) compared to the initial body weight (n = 10). FIG. 2C shows mouse survival curves (n = 10). FIG. 2D shows Colony-Forming Units (CFUs) in fecal pellets were measured at day 4 after infection. FIG. 2E, FIG. 2F, and FIG. 2G show CFUs in the caecum, spleen and liver, respectively, were measured at day 6 after infection. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three (FIG. 2A) or ten (FIG. 2B-2G) biological replicates (n = 3 or n = 10). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01; ns, not significant.
FIGs. 3A-3B shows that LACC1 bridges arginine metabolism with polyamine synthesis in Ml macrophages. FIG. 3A shows LC-QQQ-MS intensity of 13C-0m, 13C-Put, 13C-Spd and 13C-Spm in Ml BMDMs from WT and Laccl^ mice. FIG. 3B shows key metabolism pathways in Ml BMDMs, highlighting LACCl’s novel and central role in L-Arg and polyamine metabolism. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three biological replicates (n = 3). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01.
FIGs. 4A-4L show that NOS2 is important for the antibacterial function of LACC1. FIG. 4A is an illustration of the NOS2-LACCl-ODCl signaling axis. FIG. 4B shows body weight of each mouse was monitored daily after S'. Typhimurium infection (n = 10). FIG. 4C
- 2 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
shows mouse survival curves (n = 10). FIG. 4D shows CFUs in fecal pellets were measured at day 4 after infection. FIG. 4E, FIG. 4F, and FIG. 4G show CFUs in the caecum, spleen and liver, respectively, were measured at day 6 after infection. FIG. 4H, FIG. 41, FIG. 4J show ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL 12b, respectively, secreted by BMDMs stimulated by LPS and IFNy with or without 1 mM DFMO treatment. FIG. 4K shows CFUs of intracellular S. Typhimurium in Ml BMDMs. FIG. 4L shows the results of an LDH assay in S. Typhimurium infected Ml BMDMs. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three (FIG. 4H-4L) or ten (FIG. 4B-4G) biological replicates (n = 3 or n = 10). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01; ns, not significant.
FIGs. 5A-5J show in vitro biochemical analysis of isolated LACC1 variants. FIG. 5A illustrates that ICP-MS assays showed the enrichment of Zn64 and Zn66 isotopes in recombinant mLACCl relative to vector control. FIG. 5B illustrates that a quantitative ICP- MS assay for Zn showed the average ZmmLACCl ratio as 0.94, suggesting a 1:1 ratio in the isolated enzyme. FIG. 5C-FIG. 5D show volcano plots from UPLC-QTOF-MS experiments showing the fold change (FC) (substrate with mLACCl versus substrate with heat inactivated mLACCl) and false discovery rate (FDR) values collected in positive ion mode (FIG. 5C) and negative ion mode for the specific detection of ribose-1 -phosphate (FIG. 5D). FIG. 5E shows rates of L-Om production in enzymatic assays at different pH conditions. FIG. 5F shows rates of L-Om production in enzymatic assays with the supplementation of EDTA or TPEN in the reaction buffer. FIG. 5G shows the standard curve used for quantifying L-Om in enzymatic assays. FIG. 5H shows the standard curve used for quantifying 2-aminobenzoate- HNCO carbamoylation products in enzymatic assays. FIG. 51 shows the LC-MS trace of 1- fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide (FDAA, Marfey’s reagent)-coupled L-Om in enzymatic assays, supporting the stereoconfiguration. FIG. J shows the expanded view 13C- NMR spectroscopic data of LACC1 reaction using 6-13Ci-L-Cit as substrate, showing L-Om and HNCO as major products. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three biological replicates (n = 3). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0,05; **P<0.01; ***P<0.001; and, not detectable.
FIGs. 6A-6E show velocity plots of isolated enzyme reactions at different concentrations of L-Cit (5 pM, 10 pM, 25 pM, 50 pM, 100 pM, 200 pM and 500 pM) in enz me kinetic analysis of WT mLACCl (FIG. 6A) and hLACCl (FIG. 6B) and the polymorphic human enzyme variants: K38E (FIG. 6C), I254V (FIG. 6D) and C284R (FIG. 6E). The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three biological replicates (n = 3).
- 3 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
FIGs. 7A-7K depict how Lacc 1C284R/C284R shows an intermediate defect in antibacterial protection against S. Typhimurium infection. FIG. 7A shows body weight of each mouse was monitored daily after S. Typhimurium infection (n = 10). FIG. 7B shows CFUs in fecal pellets measured at day 4 after infection. FIG. 7C, FIG. 7D, and FIG. 7E show CFUs in the caecum, spleen and liver, respectively, measured at day 6 after infection. FIG. 7F-FIG. 7H show ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL12b secreted by BMDMs in the presence or absence (NT, non-treatment) of immunostimulant (LPS + IFNy). FIG. 7I-FIG. 7K show ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6 and IL12b secreted by BMDMs in the presence or absence (NT) of immunostimulant (LPS + IFNy), exogenously supplied LACC1 product L-Om (100 M, 1 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM), and/or the conjugate base of LACC 1 product HNCO, NaOCN (10 M, 100 pM, 500 pM, 1 mM). The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three (FIG. 7 A- FIG. 7E) or ten (FIG. 7F-FIG. 7K) biological replicates (n = 3 or n = 10). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01; ns, not significant.
FIG. 8 shows body weight of each mouse in the absence of S. Typhimurium infection was monitored daily with or without 1% L-Om administration in drinking water, showing no significant change in body weight. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from ten biological replicates (n = 10). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): ns, not significant.
FIGs. 9A-9E show that LACC1 bridges L-Arg metabolism with poly amine synthesis in Ml macrophages. FIG. 9A-FIG. 9B show MS intensity of SAM and dcSAM, respectively, in Ml BMDMs from WT and LaccT'' mice. LaccT2' BMDMs show an elevated but non statistically significant level of dcSAM. FIG. 9C-FIG. 9E show UPLC-QTOF-MS intensity of 13C-labeled metabolites in L-Arg metabolism and polyamine synthesis with 13C-Arg feeding (FIG. 9C), 13C-Cit feeding (FIG. 9D) and 13C-ArgSuc feeding (FIG. 9E), respectively. These data complement LC-QQQ-MS experimental measurements shown in FIG. 3A. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three biological replicates (n = 3). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01; ***P<0.001; ns, not significant.
FIGs. 10A-10E show irreversible inhibition of ODC1 phenocopied exacerbated S. Typhimurium induced cell death from LaccT2' inflammatory BMDMs. FIG. 10A, 10B, and 10C are ELISA measurements of TNFa, IL6, and IL12b, respectively, secreted by BMDMs stimulated by LPS and IFNy with or without 1 mM DFMO and/or 500 pM putrescine (Put)
- 4 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
treatment. FIG. 10D shows CFUs of intracellular S. Typhimurium in inflammatory BMDMs. FIG. 10E shows an LDH assay in S. Typhimurium infected inflammatory BMDMs. The mean and SEM (error bars) are derived from three biological replicates (n = 3). Statistical significance (two-tailed t-test) compared to control (Ctrl): *P<0.05; **P<0.01; ns. not significant.
FIGs. 11A-1 IB show a summary of the enzymatic functions of LACC1 in Ml macrophages. FIG. 11A shows LACCl’s newly described role in bridging L-Arg and polyamine metabolism in inflammatory macrophages. The carbons are highlighted with consistency to the present l,2,3,4,5-13C5-L-Cit (red) and 6-13Ci-L-Cit (blue) feeding studies in Ml BMDMs. Carbons in spermidine and spermine highlighted in green derive from dcSAM. FIG. 1 IB shows the involvement of LACC1 (a.k.a., FAMIN) in the purine nucleotide cycle as a purine nucleoside enzyme. ADSL, adenylosuccinate lyase; ADSS, adenylosuccinate synthase; AMP, adenosine monophosphate; AMPD, AMP deaminase; GDP, guanosine diphosphate; GMP, guanosine monophosphate; GTP, guanosine triphosphate; IMP, inosine monophosphate; XMP, xanthosine monophosphate.
FIG. 12 shows that wildtype mL ACC 1 and hLACCl convert l,2,3,4,5-13C5-L-Cit into l,2,3,4,5-13C5-L-Om when expressed recombinantly in E. coli BL21(DE3) relative to a pET28a negative control (Vector). The culture extracts were coupled with l-fluoro-2,4- dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide and the derivatization products (L-Om) were analyzed by UPLC-QTOF-MS. For hLACCl, isoforms 1, 2, 3, and 4 were assessed in addition to the polymorphic variants I254V and C284R in an isoform 2 background. For mLACCCl, the V254I and C284R variants were compared to a wildtype background.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Reference will now be made in detail to certain embodiments of the disclosed subject matter, examples of which are illustrated in part in the accompanying drawings. While the disclosed subject matter will be described in conjunction with the enumerated claims, it will be understood that the exemplified subject matter is not intended to limit the claims to the disclosed subject matter.
Throughout this document, values expressed in a range format should be interpreted in a flexible manner to include not only the numerical values explicitly recited as the limits of the range, but also to include all the individual numerical values or sub-ranges encompassed within that range as if each numerical value and sub-range is explicitly recited. For example, a range of "about 0.1% to about 5%" or "about 0.1% to 5%" should be interpreted to include
- 5 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
not just about 0.1% to about 5%, but also the individual values (e.g., 1%, 2%, 3%, and 4%) and the sub-ranges (e.g.. 0.1% to 0.5%, 1.1% to 2.2%, 3.3% to 4.4%) within the indicated range. The statement "about X to Y" has the same meaning as "about X to about Y," unless indicated otherwise. Likewise, the statement "about X, Y, or about Z" has the same meaning as "about X, about Y, or about Z," unless indicated otherwise.
In this document, the terms "a," "an," or "the" are used to include one or more than one unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. The term "or" is used to refer to a nonexclusive "or" unless otherwise indicated. The statement "at least one of A and B" or "at least one of A or B" has the same meaning as "A, B, or A and B." In addition, it is to be understood that the phraseology or terminology employed herein, and not otherwise defined, is for the purpose of description only and not of limitation. Any use of section headings is intended to aid reading of the document and is not to be interpreted as limiting; information that is relevant to a section heading may occur within or outside of that particular section. All publications, patents, and patent documents referred to in this document are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, as though individually incorporated by reference.
In the methods described herein, the acts can be carried out in any order, except when a temporal or operational sequence is explicitly recited. Furthermore, specified acts can be carried out concurrently unless explicit claim language recites that they be carried out separately. For example, a claimed act of doing X and a claimed act of doing Y can be conducted simultaneously within a single operation, and the resulting process will fall within the literal scope of the claimed process.
Definitions
The term "about" as used herein can allow for a degree of variability in a value or range, for example, within 10%, within 5%, or within 1% of a stated value or of a stated limit of a range, and includes the exact stated value or range.
The term "substantially" as used herein refers to a majority of, or mostly, as in at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.9%, 99.99%, or at least about 99.999% or more, or 100%. The term "substantially free of1 as used herein can mean having none or having a trivial amount of, such that the amount of material present does not affect the material properties of the composition including the material, such that the composition is about 0 wt% to about 5 wt% of the material, or about 0 wt% to about 1 wt%, or about 5 wt% or less, or less than, equal to, or greater than about 4.5 wt%, 4, 3.5, 3, 2.5, 2, 1.5, 1, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.01, or about 0.001 wt% or less. The term
- 6 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
"substantially free of1 can mean having a trivial amount of, such that a composition is about 0 wt% to about 5 wt% of the material, or about 0 wt% to about 1 wt%, or about 5 wt% or less, or less than, equal to, or greater than about 4.5 wt%, 4, 3.5, 3, 2.5, 2, 1.5, 1, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.01, or about 0.001 wt% or less, or about 0 wt%.
The term "organic group" as used herein refers to any carbon-containing functional group. Examples can include an oxygen-containing group such as an alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aralkyloxy group, oxo(carbonyl) group; a carboxyl group including a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, and a carboxylate ester; a sulfur-containing group such as an alkyl and aryl sulfide group; and other heteroatom-containing groups. Non-limiting examples of organic groups include OR, OOR, OC(O)N(R)2, CN, CF3, OCF3, R, C(O), methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, N(R)2, SR, SOR, SO2R, SO2N(R)2, SO3R, C(O)R, C(O)C(O)R, C(O)CH2C(O)R, C(S)R, C(O)OR, OC(O)R, C(O)N(R)2, OC(O)N(R)2, C(S)N(R)2, (CH2)O- 2N(R)C(O)R, (CH2)O-2N(R)N(R)2, N(R)N(R)C(O)R, N(R)N(R)C(O)OR, N(R)N(R)CON(R)2, N(R)SO2R, N(R)SO2N(R)2, N(R)C(O)OR, N(R)C(O)R, N(R)C(S)R, N(R)C(O)N(R)2, N(R)C(S)N(R)2, N(COR)COR, N(OR)R, C(=NH)N(R)2, C(O)N(OR)R, C(=NOR)R, and substituted or unsubstituted (Ci-Cioo)hydrocarbyl, wherein R can be hydrogen (in examples that include other carbon atoms) or a carbon-based moiety, and wherein the carbon-based moiety can be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "substituted" as used herein in conjunction with a molecule or an organic group as defined herein refers to the state in which one or more hydrogen atoms contained therein are replaced by one or more non-hydrogen atoms. The term "functional group" or "substituent" as used herein refers to a group that can be or is substituted onto a molecule or onto an organic group. Examples of substituents or functional groups include, but are not limited to, a halogen (e.g, F, Cl, Br, and I); an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxy groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyloxy groups, oxo(carbonyl) groups, carboxyl groups including carboxylic acids, carboxylates, and carboxylate esters; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfonamide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, hydroxyamines, nitriles, nitro groups, N-oxides, hydrazides, azides, and enamines; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. Non-limiting examples of substituents that can be bonded to a substituted carbon (or other) atom include F, Cl, Br, I, OR, OC(O)N(R)2, CN, NO, NO2, ONO2, azido, CF3, OCF3, R, O (oxo), S (thiono), C(O), S(O), methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, N(R)2, SR, SOR, SO2R, SO2N(R)2, SO3R, C(O)R, C(O)C(O)R, C(O)CH2C(O)R, C(S)R, C(O)OR, OC(O)R, C(O)N(R)2, OC(O)N(R)2, C(S)N(R)2, (CH2)O-
- 7 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
2N(R)C(O)R, (CH2)O-2N(R)N(R)2, N(R)N(R)C(O)R, N(R)N(R)C(O)OR, N(R)N(R)C0N(R)2, N(R)SO2R, N(R)SO2N(R)2, N(R)C(O)OR, N(R)C(O)R, N(R)C(S)R, N(R)C(0)N(R)2, N(R)C(S)N(R)2, N(COR)COR, N(OR)R, C(=NH)N(R)2, C(O)N(OR)R, and C(=NOR)R, wherein R can be hydrogen or a carbon-based moiety; for example, R can be hydrogen, (Ci- Cioo)hydrocarbyl, alkyl, acyl, cycloalkyd, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl; or wherein two R groups bonded to a nitrogen atom or to adjacent nitrogen atoms can together with the nitrogen atom or atoms form a heterocyclyl.
The term "alkyl" as used herein refers to straight chain and branched alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbons or, in some embodiments, from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of straight chain alkyl groups include those with from 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n- butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl groups. Examples of branched alkyd groups include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, neopentyl, isopentyl, and 2,2-dimethylpropyl groups. As used herein, the term "alkyl" encompasses n-alkyl, isoalkyl, and anteisoalkyl groups as well as other branched chain forms of alkyl. Representative substituted alkyl groups can be substituted one or more times with any of the groups listed herein, for example, amino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, nitro, thio, alkoxy, and halogen groups.
The term "alkenyl" as used herein refers to straight and branched chain and cyclic alkyl groups as defined herein, except that at least one double bond exists between two carbon atoms. Thus, alkenyl groups have from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, or 2 to about 20 carbon atoms, or 2 to 12 carbon atoms or, in some embodiments, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to vinyl, -CH=C=CCH2, -CH=CH(CH3), - CH=C(CH3)2, -C(CH3)=CH2, -C(CH3)=CH(CH3), -C(CH2CH3)=CH2, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, and hexadienyl among others.
The term "alkynyl" as used herein refers to straight and branched chain alkyl groups, except that at least one triple bond exists between two carbon atoms. Thus, alkynyl groups have from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, 2 to about 20 carbon atoms, or from 2 to 12 carbons or, in some embodiments, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to - C =CH. -C =C(CH,). -C =C(CH2CHfi. -CH2OCH, -CH2OC(CH3), and -CH2C^C(CH2CH3) among others.
The term "acyl" as used herein refers to a group containing a carbonyl moiety wherein the group is bonded via the carbonyl carbon atom. The carbonyl carbon atom is bonded to a
- 8 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
hydrogen forming a "formyl" group or is bonded to another carbon atom, which can be part of an alkyl, aryl, aralkyl cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl group or the like. An acyl group can include 0 to about 12, 0 to about 20, or 0 to about 40 additional carbon atoms bonded to the carbonyl group. An acyl group can include double or triple bonds within the meaning herein. An acryloyl group is an example of an acyl group. An acyl group can also include heteroatoms within the meaning herein. A nicotinoyl group (pyridyl-3-carbonyl) is an example of an acyl group within the meaning herein. Other examples include acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl, pyridylacetyl, cinnamoyl, and acryloyl groups and the like. When the group containing the carbon atom that is bonded to the carbonyl carbon atom contains a halogen, the group is termed a "haloacyl" group. An example is a trifluoroacety l group.
The term "cycloalky l" as used herein refers to cyclic alkyd groups such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups. In some embodiments, the cycloalky l group can have 3 to about 8-12 ring members, whereas in other embodiments the number of ring carbon atoms range from 3 to 4, 5, 6, or 7. Cycloalkyl groups further include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as, but not limited to, norbomyl, adamantyl, bomyl, camphenyl, isocamphenyl, and carenyl groups, and fused rings such as, but not limited to, decalinyl, and the like. Cycloalkyl groups also include rings that are substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl groups as defined herein. Representative substituted cycloalkyl groups can be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, 2,2-, 2,3-, 2,4- 2,5- or 2,6-disubstituted cyclohexyl groups or mono-, di- or tri-substituted norbomyl or cycloheptyl groups, which can be substituted with, for example, amino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, nitro, thio, alkoxy, and halogen groups. The term "cycloalkenyl" alone or in combination denotes a cyclic alkenyl group.
The term "aryl" as used herein refers to cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups that do not contain heteroatoms in the ring. Thus aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, biphenyl, indacenyl, fluorenyl, phenanthrenyl, triphenylenyl, pyrenyl, naphthacenyl, chrysenyl, biphenylenyl, anthracenyl, and naphthyl groups. In some embodiments, aryl groups contain about 6 to about 14 carbons in the ring portions of the groups. Aryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted, as defined herein. Representative substituted ary l groups can be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such as, but not limited to, a phenyl group substituted at any one or more of 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-positions of the phenyl ring, or a naphthyl group substituted at any one or more of 2- to 8-positions thereof.
- 9 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
The term "aralkyl" as used herein refers to alkyl groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alky l group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined herein. Representative aralkyl groups include benzyl and phenylethyl groups and fused (cycloalkylaryl)alkyl groups such as 4-ethyl-indanyl. Aralkenyl groups are alkenyl groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to an aryl group as defined herein.
The term "heterocyclyl" as used herein refers to aromatic and non-aromatic ring compounds containing three or more ring members, of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, 0, and S. Thus, a heterocyclyl can be a cycloheteroalkyl, or a heteroaryl, or if polycyclic, any combination thereof. In some embodiments, heterocyclyl groups include 3 to about 20 ring members, whereas other such groups have 3 to about 15 ring members. The term heterocyclyl includes rings where a CH2 group in the ring is replaced by one or more C=O groups, such as found in cyclic ketones, lactones, and lactams. Examples of heterocyclyl groups containing a C=O group include, but are not limited to, 0- propiolactam, y-butyrolactam, 8-valerolactam, and s-caprolactam, as well as the corresponding lactones. A heterocyclyl group designated as a C2-heterocyclyl can be a 5-ring with two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms, a 6-ring with two carbon atoms and four heteroatoms and so forth. Likewise a C4-heterocyclyl can be a 5-ring with one heteroatom, a 6-ring with two heteroatoms, and so forth. The number of carbon atoms plus the number of heteroatoms equals the total number of ring atoms. A heterocyclyl ring can also include one or more double bonds. A heteroaryl ring is an embodiment of a heterocyclyl group. The phrase "heterocyclyl group" includes fused ring species including those that include fused aromatic and non-aromatic groups. For example, a dioxolanyl ring and a benzdioxolanyl ring system (methylenedioxyphenyl ring system) are both heterocyclyl groups within the meaning herein. The phrase also includes polycyclic ring systems containing a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl. Heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted, or can be substituted as discussed herein. Heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, azabenzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, thianaphthalenyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinazolinyl groups. Representative substituted heterocyclyl groups can be mono-substituted or substituted more than once, such
- 10 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
as, but not limited to, piperidinyl or quinolinyl groups, which are 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6- substituted, or disubstituted with groups such as those listed herein.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein refers to aromatic ring compounds containing 5 or more ring members, of which, one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, 0, and S; for instance, heteroaryl rings can have 5 to about 8-12 ring members. A heteroaryl group is a variety of a heterocyclyl group that possesses an aromatic electronic structure. A heteroaryl group designated as a C2-heteroaryl can be a 5-ring with two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms, a 6-ring with two carbon atoms and four heteroatoms and so forth. Likewise a C4-heteroaryl can be a 5-ring with one heteroatom, a 6-ring with two heteroatoms, and so forth. The number of carbon atoms plus the number of heteroatoms sums up to equal the total number of ring atoms. A heterocyclyl ring designated Cx-y can be any ring containing 'x' members up to 'y' members, including all intermediate integers between 'x' and 'y ' and that contains one or more heteroatoms, as defined herein. In a ring designated Cx-y, all non-heteroatom members are carbon. Heterocyclyl rings designated Cx-y can also be polycyclic ring systems, such as bicyclic or tricyclic ring systems. Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, azabenzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, thianaphthalenyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinazolinyl groups. Heteroaryl groups can be unsubstituted, or can be substituted with groups as is discussed herein. Representative substituted heteroaryl groups can be substituted one or more times with groups such as those listed herein.
Additional examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to phenyl, biphenyl, indenyl, naphthyl (1 -naphthyl, 2-naphthyl), N-hydroxytetrazolyl, N- hydroxytnazolyl, N-hydroxyimidazolyl, anthracenyl (1-anthracenyl, 2-anthracenyl, 3- anthracenyl), thiophenyl (2 -thienyl, 3-thienyl), furyl (2 -furyl, 3-furyl) , indolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, fluorenyl, xanthenyl, isoindanyl, benzhydryl, acridinyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl (2-pyrrolyl), pyrazolyl (3-pyrazolyl), imidazolyl (1 -imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl), triazolyl (1,2,3-triazol-l-yl, l,2,3-triazol-2-yl l,2,3-triazol-4-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl), oxazolyl (2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl), thiazolyl (2 -thiazolyl, 4- thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl), pyridyl (2-pyndyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl), pyrimidinyl (2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5 -pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl), pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl (3- pyridazinyl, 4- pyridazinyl, 5 -pyridazinyl), quinolyl (2-quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 6-
- 11 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
quinolyl, 7-quinolyl, 8-quinolyl), isoquinolyl (1 -isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4-isoquinolyl, 5- isoquinolyl, 6-isoquinolyl, 7-isoquinolyl, 8-isoquinolyl), benzo[b]furanyl (2-benzo[b] furanyl, 3-benzo[b]furanyl, 4-benzo[b]furanyl, 5-benzo[b]furanyl, 6-benzo[b]furanyl, 7- benzo[b] furanyl), 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]furanyl (2-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]furanyl), 3-(2,3- dihydro-benzo[b] furanyl), 4-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]furanyl), 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]furanyl),
6-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]furanyl), 7-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]furanyl), benzo[b]thiophenyl (2- benzo[b]thiophenyl, 3-benzo[b]thiophenyl, 4-benzo[b]thiophenyl, 5-benzo[b]thiophenyl, 6- benzo[b]thiophenyl, 7-benzo[b]thiophenyl), 2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl, (2-(2,3- dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl), 3-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl), 4-(2,3-dihydro- benzo[b]thiophenyl), 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl), 6-(2,3-dihydro- benzo[b]thiophenyl), 7-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl), indolyl (1-indolyl, 2-indolyl,
3-indolyl, 4-indolyl, 5-indolyl, 6-indolyl, 7-indolyl), indazole (1-indazolyl, 3-indazolyl,
4-indazolyl, 5-indazolyl, 6-indazolyl, 7-indazolyl), benzimidazolyl (1 -benzimidazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 4-benzimidazolyl, 5 -benzimidazolyl, 6-benzimidazolyl, 7-benzimidazolyl, 8-benzimidazolyl), benzoxazolyl (1-benzoxazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl), benzothiazolyl (1- benzothiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 4-benzothiazolyl, 5 -benzothiazolyl, 6-benzothiazolyl,
7-benzothiazolyl), carbazolyl (1-carbazolyl, 2-carbazolyl, 3-carbazolyl, 4-carbazolyl), 5H-dibenz[b,f| azepine (5H-dibenz[b,f| azepin- 1-yl, 5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-2-yl, 5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-3-yl, 5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-4-yl, 5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-5-yl),
10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f| azepine (10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-l-yl,
10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-2-yl, 10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f]azepine-3-yl,
10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-4-yl, 10,1 l-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f|azepine-5-yl), and the like.
The term "heterocyclylalkyl" as used herein refers to alkyl groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group as defined herein is replaced with a bond to a heterocyclyl group as defined herein. Representative heterocyclyl alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, furan-2-yl methyl, furan-3-yl methyl, pyridine-3-yl methyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl ethyl, and indol-2-yl propyl.
The term "heteroarylalkyl" as used herein refers to alkyd groups as defined herein in which a hydrogen or carbon bond of an alkyl group is replaced with a bond to a heteroaryl group as defined herein.
The term "alkoxy" as used herein refers to an oxygen atom connected to an alkyl group, including a cycloalkyl group, as are defined herein. Examples of linear alkoxy groups include but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, and
- 12 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
the like. Examples of branched alkoxy include but are not limited to isopropoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, isopentyloxy, isohexyloxy, and the like. Examples of cyclic alkoxy include but are not limited to cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like. An alkoxy group can include about 1 to about 12, about 1 to about 20, or about 1 to about 40 carbon atoms bonded to the oxygen atom, and can further include double or triple bonds, and can also include heteroatoms. For example, an allyloxy group or a methoxyethoxy group is also an alkoxy group within the meaning herein, as is a methylenedi oxy group in a context where two adjacent atoms of a structure are substituted therewith.
The term "amine" as used herein refers to primary, secondary, and tertiary amines having, e.g, the formula N(group)s wherein each group can independently be H or non-H, such as alkyl, aryl, and the like. Amines include but are not limited to R-NH2, for example, alkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines; R2NH wherein each R is independently selected, such as dialkylamines, diarylamines, aralkylamines, heterocyclylamines and the like; and R3N wherein each R is independently selected, such as trialkylamines, dialkylarylamines, alkyldiarylamines, triarylamines, and the like. The term "amine" also includes ammonium ions as used herein.
The term "amino group" as used herein refers to a substituent of the form -NH2, - NHR, -NR2, -NR3 +, wherein each R is independently selected, and protonated forms of each, except for -NR3+, which cannot be protonated. Accordingly, any compound substituted with an ammo group can be viewed as an amine. An "amino group" within the meaning herein can be a primary, secondary', tertiary, or quaternary amino group. An "alkylamino" group includes a monoalkylamino, dialkylammo, and trialkylamino group.
The terms "halo," "halogen," or "halide" group, as used herein, by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
The term "haloalkyl" group, as used herein, includes mono-halo alkyl groups, polyhalo alkyl groups wherein all halo atoms can be the same or different, and per-halo alky l groups, wherein all hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms, such as fluoro. Examples of haloalkyl include trifluoromethyl, 1,1 -dichloroethyl, 1,2-di chloroethyl, l,3-dibromo-3,3- difluoropropyl, perfluorobutyl, and the like.
The terms "epoxy-functional" or "epoxy-substituted" as used herein refers to a functional group in which an oxygen atom, the epoxy substituent, is directly attached to two adjacent carbon atoms of a carbon chain or ring system. Examples of epoxy-substituted
- 13 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
functional groups include, but are not limited to, 2,3 -epoxy propyl, 3 ,4-epox buty 1, 4,5- epoxypentyl, 2,3-epoxypropoxy, epoxypropoxypropyl, 2-glycidoxyethyl, 3-glycidoxypropyl, 4-glycidoxybutyl, 2’(giycidoxycarbonyl)propyl, 3-(3,4-epoxycylohexyl)propyl, 2-(3 ,4- epoxy cyclohexyl)ethyl, 2-(2,3-epoxycylopentyl)ethyl, 2-(4-methyl-3,4- epoxycyclohexyl propyl, 2-(3,4-epoxy-3-methylcylohexyl)-2-methylethyl, and 5,6- epoxy hexyl.
The term "monovalent" as used herein refers to a substituent connecting via a single bond to a substituted molecule. When a substituent is monovalent, such as, for example, F or Cl, it is bonded to the atom it is substituting by a single bond.
The term "hydrocarbon" or "hydrocarbyl" as used herein refers to a molecule or functional group that includes carbon and hydrogen atoms. The term can also refer to a molecule or functional group that normally includes both carbon and hydrogen atoms but wherein all the hydrogen atoms are substituted with other functional groups.
As used herein, the term "hydrocarbyl" refers to a functional group derived from a straight chain, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon, and can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, acyl, or any combination thereof. Hydrocarbyl groups can be shown as (Ca- Cb)hydrocarbyl, wherein a and b are integers and mean having any of a to b number of carbon atoms. For example, (Ci-Ci)hydrocarbyl means the hydrocarbyl group can be methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), or butyl (C4), and (Co-Cb)hydrocarbyl means in certain embodiments there is no hydrocarbyl group.
The term "solvent" as used herein refers to a liquid that can dissolve a solid, liquid, or gas. Non-limiting examples of solvents are silicones, organic compounds, water, alcohols, ionic liquids, and supercritical fluids.
The term "independently selected from" as used herein refers to referenced groups being the same, different, or a mixture thereof, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Thus, under this definition, the phrase "X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from noble gases" would include the scenario where, for example, X1, X2, and X3 are all the same, where X1, X2, and X3 are all different, where X1 and X2 are the same but X3 is different, and other analogous permutations.
The term "room temperature" as used herein refers to a temperature of about 15 °C to 28 °C.
The term "standard temperature and pressure" as used herein refers to 20 °C and 101 kPa.
- 14 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
As used herein, the term "composition" or "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a mixture of at least one compound described herein with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to a patient or subject. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, intravenous, oral, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary and topical administration.
A "disease" is a state of health of an animal wherein the animal cannot maintain homeostasis, and wherein if the disease is not ameliorated then the animal's health continues to deteriorate.
In contrast, a "disorder" in an animal is a state of health in which the animal is able to maintain homeostasis, but in which the animal's state of health is less favorable than it would be in the absence of the disorder. Left untreated, a disorder does not necessarily cause a further decrease in the animal's state of health.
As used herein, the terms "effective amount," "pharmaceutically effective amount" and "therapeutically effective amount" refer to a nontoxic but sufficient amount of an agent to provide the desired biological result. That result may be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. An appropriate therapeutic amount in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using routine experimentation.
As used herein, the term "efficacy" refers to the maximal effect (Emax) achieved within an assay.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is relatively non-toxic, z.e., the material may be administered to an individual without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
As used herein, the language "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt of the administered compounds prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids or bases, including inorganic acids or bases, organic acids or bases, solvates, hydrates, or clathrates thereof.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric (including sulfate and hydrogen sulfate), and phosphoric acids (including hydrogen phosphate and dihydrogen phosphate).
- 15 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, araliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which include formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, malonic, saccharin, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, trifluoromethanesulfonic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, stearic, alginic, P-hydroxybutyric, salicylic, galactaric and galacturonic acid.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of compounds described herein include, for example, ammonium salts, metallic salts including alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and transition metal salts such as, for example, calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts also include organic salts made from basic amines such as, for example, N,N'-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine. All of these salts may be prepared from the corresponding compound by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable earner" or "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier, such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound described herein within or to the patient such that it may perform its intended function. Typically, such constructs are carried or transported from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the compound(s) described herein, and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials that may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as com starch and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, com oil and soybean oil; glycols, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; surface active agents; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol; phosphate buffer
- 16 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
solutions; and other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" also includes any and all coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are compatible with the activity of the compound(s) described herein, and are physiologically acceptable to the patient. Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions. The "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" may further include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound(s) described herein. Other additional ingredients that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions used with the methods or compounds described herein are known in the art and described, for example in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Genaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., 1985, Easton, PA), which is incorporated herein by reference.
The terms "patient," "subject," or "individual" are used interchangeably herein, and refer to any animal, or cells thereof whether in vitro or in situ, amenable to the methods described herein. In a non-limiting embodiment, the patient, subject or individual is a human.
As used herein, the term "potency" refers to the dose needed to produce half the maximal response (ED50).
A "therapeutic" treatment is a treatment administered to a subject who exhibits signs of pathology, for the purpose of diminishing or eliminating those signs.
As used herein, the term "treatment" or "treating" is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent, i.e., a compound or compounds as described herein (alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent), to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient (e.g, for diagnosis or ex vivo applications), who has a condition contemplated herein or a symptom of a condition contemplated herein, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect a condition contemplated herein, or the symptoms of a condition contemplated herein. Such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics.
Preparation of Compounds
Compounds of Formula la, Formula lb, Formula Ila, Formula lib or otherwise described herein can be prepared using the synthetic method known by those skilled in the art. The following examples illustrate non-limiting embodiments of the compound(s) described herein and their preparation.
- 17 -
Formula la
Provided herein is a compound Formula la or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or N-oxides thereof. In the compound of Formula la,
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1- 10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Ra, -C(=O)ORa, -CH(R)OC(=O)Ra, -CH2R', - CH(aryl)CH2C(=O)Ra, -CH2N(R')C(=O)Ra, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R')(R’); or
R1 and R2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1- 10 ammo acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -CH(R")OC(=O)Rb, -CH2R", - CH(Ar)CH2C(=O)CH3, -CH2N(R")C(=O)Rb, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R")(R"); or
R3 and R4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and Rc; each occurrence of Ra, Rb, and Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R1 and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyd, C2-io alkenyl, C2-io alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, Ci-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
Formula lb
In one embodiment, R1 and R2 or R3 and R4 join together to form a tetrahydrothiadiazine-2-thione of Formula Ila or lib:
- 18 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
(lib), where N* is a nitrogen atom from the compound of Formula la or lb (a nitrogen present in the ornithine moiety), and X is the remainder of the ornithine moiety as defined herein.
As used herein, the term "1-10 amino acids" refers to attachment of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, or 10 amino acids via amide bonds. The amino acids can be any combination of amino acids Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Glu, Gin, Gly, His, He, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, or Vai.
As used herein, the term Formula I refers to a compound of Formula la, a compound of Formula lb, and/or mixtures thereof in any proportion.
As used herein, the term Formula II refers to a compound of Formula Ila, a compound of Formula lib, and/or mixtures thereof in any proportion.
Compounds of Formula I or Formula II can be any of the organic or inorganic acid addition salts described herein. In various embodiments, the compound of Formula I or
Formula II is a hydrochloride salt. In various embodiments, the compound of Formula I or Formula II is a salt of an acidic amino acid, such as an Asp or Glu salt. In various embodiments, R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are hydrogen.
Compounds of Formula I or Formula II can be in zwitterionic form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for example,
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
The compounds described herein can possess one or more stereocenters, and each stereocenter can exist independently in either the (R) or (<S) configuration. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are present in optically active or racemic forms. It is to be understood that the compounds described herein encompass racemic, optically - active, regioisomeric and stereoisomeric forms, or combinations thereof that possess the therapeutically useful properties described herein. Preparation of optically active forms is achieved in any suitable manner, including by way of non-limiting example, by resolution of the racemic form with recrystallization techniques, synthesis from optically-active starting materials, chiral synthesis, or chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase. In certain embodiments, a mixture of one or more isomer is utilized as the therapeutic compound described herein. In other embodiments, compounds described herein contain one or more chiral centers. These compounds are prepared by any means, including stereoselective synthesis, enantioselective synthesis and/or separation of a mixture of enantiomers and/ or diastereomers. Resolution of compounds and isomers thereof is achieved by any means including, by way of non-limiting example, chemical processes, enzymatic processes, fractional crystallization, distillation, and chromatography.
The methods and formulations described herein include the use of N-oxides (if appropriate), crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), solvates, amorphous phases, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structure of any compound(s) described herein, as well as metabolites and active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. Solvates include water, ether (e.g, tetrahydrofuran, methyl tert-butyl ether) or alcohol (e.g, ethanol) solvates, acetates and the like. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, and ethanol. In other embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in unsolvated form.
In certain embodiments, the compound(s) described herein can exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as prodrugs. A "prodrug" refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In other embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
- 20 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
In certain embodiments, sites on, for example, the aromatic ring portion of compound(s) described herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactions. Incorporation of appropriate substituents on the aromatic ring structures may reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway. In certain embodiments, the appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example only, a deuterium, a halogen, or an alkyl group.
Compounds described herein also include isotopically -labeled compounds wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds described herein include and are not limited to 2H, 3H, nC, 13C, 14C, 36C1, 18F, 1231, 125I, 13N, 15N, 15O, 170, 180, 32P, and 35S. In certain embodiments, isotopically -labeled compounds are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. In other embodiments, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium affords greater metabolic stability (for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements). In yet other embodiments, substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as nC, 18F, 15O and 13N, is useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds are prepared by any suitable method or by processes using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed.
In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein are labeled by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels.
The compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents are synthesized using techniques and materials described herein and as described, for example, in Fieser & Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Suppiementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), March, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey & Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed., Vols. A and B (Plenum 2000,2001), and Green & Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3rd Ed., (Wiley 1999) (all of which are incorporated by reference for such disclosure). General methods for the preparation of compound as described herein are modified by the use of appropriate reagents and conditions, for the introduction of the various moieties found in the formula as provided herein.
- 21 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Compounds described herein are synthesized using any suitable procedures starting from compounds that are available from commercial sources, or are prepared using procedures described herein.
In certain embodiments, reactive functional groups, such as hydroxyl, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, are protected in order to avoid their unwanted participation in reactions. Protecting groups are used to block some or all of the reactive moieties and prevent such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the protective group is removed. In other embodiments, each protective group is removable by a different means. Protective groups that are cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the requirement of differential removal.
In certain embodiments, protective groups are removed by acid, base, reducing conditions (such as, for example, hydrogenolysis), and/or oxidative conditions. Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and are used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile. Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties are blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl, in the presence of amines that are blocked with acid labile groups, such as t-butyl carbamate, or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
In certain embodiments, carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties are blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids are blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc. Carboxylic acid reactive moieties are protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, which include conversion to alkyl esters, or are blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while coexisting amino groups are blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
Allyl blocking groups are useful in the presence of acid- and base- protecting groups since the former are stable and are subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts. For example, an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid is deprotected with a palladium-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base-labile acetate amine protecting groups. Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate is attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and does not react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react.
Typically blocking/protecting groups may be selected from:
- 22 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Other protecting groups, plus a detailed description of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal are described in Greene & Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, and Kocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New York, NY, 1994, which are incorporated herein by reference for such disclosure.
Compositions
The compositions containing the compound(s) described herein include a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound as described herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In certain embodiments, the composition is formulated for an administration route such as oral or parenteral, for example, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g, sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal and (trans)rectal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
Methods
The disclosure includes a method of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in a subject using the compounds of Formula I or Formula II. Non-limiting examples of inflammatory diseases or disorders include arthritis juvenile arthritis, spondylitis, leprosy, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, and/or Rh factor arthritis. The method of treating,
- 23 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation includes administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or Formula II.
The disclosure also includes a method of improving the efficacy of antibacterial agents or improving the ability of a subject to fight off a bacterial infection. In certain embodiments, the method includes administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or Formula II.
The compounds of Formula I or Formula II are optionally administered with an additional agent that is useful for treating, ameliorating, or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in a subject. Such additional agents include steroids and/or NSAIDs (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs). Non-limiting examples of steroids include corticosteroids such as triamcinolone, cortisone, prednisone, methylprednisolone, and the like. Non-liming examples of NSAIDs include aspirin, celecoxib, diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, naproxen, and the like. The additional anti-inflammatory agents can be administered sequentially or concurrently with the compounds of Formula I or Formula II.
The compounds of Formula I or Formula II are optionally administered with an additional agent that is an antibacterial agent. Any antibacterial agent can be used, including but not limited to penicillins, tetracyclines, cephalosporins, quinolones, lincomycins, macrolides, sulfonamides, glycopeptides, aminoglycosides, carbapenems, and the like.
The laccase domain-containing 1 protein (LACC1) serves a central regulatory role in a variety of inflammatory diseases and is expressed predominantly in myeloid cells. LACC1, also known as C13orf31 or FAMIN, is robustly activated by lipopolysaccharide (LPS) or poly-I:C in mouse bone marrow derived macrophages (BMDMs). Consistent with LACC1 activity in inflammatory Ml macrophages, its expression is induced by macrophage colonystimulating factor (M-CSF) in an AKT-mTOR-dependent manner during human monocytemacrophage differentiation. Frame-shift mutations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms K38E, 1254 and C284R in LACC1 identified in genome-wide association studies (GWAS) are correlated with early-onset Crohn’s disease (CD), ankylosing spondylitis, systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA), and a high-risk state for leprosy (Mycobacterium leprae infections). Mouse models deficient in LACC1 showed exacerbated arthritis, psoriasis, T cell transfer colitis (Rag2'/_ background), and intestinal bacterial infection (Citrobacter rodentium and Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium).
- 24 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Mouse LACC1 (mLACCl) deficient animals exhibited elevated proinflammatory cytokines and worsened intestinal bacterial clearance, supporting both anti-inflammatory and antibacterial functions. Yet how such an enzyme could mediate such broad effects was unclear. Recently, human LACC1 (hLACCl) was shown to interact with a family of autophagy-associated proteins, including autophagy inducers RACK1 and AMPK, and Laccl deficiency reduced autophagic flux in primary human macrophages, defining a novel form of genetically inherited JIA associated with impaired autophagy in macrophages.
This is consistent with enhanced expression of autophagy proteins in wildtype (WT) relative to Laccl'1' mouse BMDMs and partial restoration of LACC1 -mediated bacterial clearance in the presence of the autophagy inducer rapamycin. While LACC1 was reported to participate in several purine nucleotide metabolic reactions in mouse BMDMs, these biochemical activities do not explain the autophagy phenotype. Overall, these findings support LACC1 as an important regulator of macrophage immunometabolic function, but the major catalytic roles required for LACC1 function in inflammatory macrophages remained unknown.
To establish the biochemical function of LACC1, in vitro biochemical assays were first conducted using isolated recombinant mLACCl. Mouse and human LACC1 amino acid sequences predict a multi-copper polyphenol oxidoreductase laccase-like domain (pfam02578). To first establish the metal composition of the enzyme, isolated mLACCl was analyzed versus vector control using inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP- MS) (FIG. 5A-5B). However, specific enrichment of Zn (0.94 metal: enzyme ratio) was observed, whereas there was no enrichment of Cu or other transition metals, suggesting that LACC1 is rather a Zn-dependent metalloenzyme. To establish a physiologically-relevant substrate mixture for LACC1, a Laccl''' mouse model was generated and the metabolites extracted from its isolated inflammatory Ml BMDM cells (FIG. 1 A). In certain non-limiting embodiments, the LACC1 substrates can accumulate in these cells. The metabolite extract was incubated with mLACCl (1 h; 37°C) in phosphate buffered saline supplemented with Zn2+ and then analyzed by ultra-performance liquid chromatography quadrupole time-of- flight mass spectrometry (UPLC-QTOF-MS). The metabolomics data were processed and presented as a volcano plot showing fold change (FC) versus false discovery rate (FDR) values. Intriguingly, L-Om was the most upregulated metabolite among significant hits (FDR <0.05) under these conditions (positive ion mode, FIG. IB; negative ion mode, FIG. 5D). L- Om is a product of L-Arg metabolism, which is the major metabolism classification between
- 25 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
classical and alternatively activated macrophages. In inflammatory macrophages, L-Arg is metabolized to NO and L-Cit viaNOS2. By contrast, in IL-4 stimulated anti-inflammatory macrophages, L-Arg is metabolized to L-Om and urea via arginase.
To validate the enzymatic transformation observed, assays were performed using L- Arg, L-argininosuccinate (L-ArgSuc), or L-Cit and found that L-Cit was the only viable substrate (FIG. 1C). The stereoconfiguration of product L-Om was confirmed via Marfey’s analysis (FIG. 51). To assess the catalytic efficiencies and roles of putative hLACCl disease polymorphisms, enzyme kinetic analysis of isolated WT mLACCl and hLACCl and the polymorphic human enzyme variants: K38E, I254V and C284R were also conducted. Michaelis-Menten kinetics were established using varying L-Cit substrate concentrations and measuring L-Om product concentrations over time by liquid chromatography triple quadrupole mass spectrometry (LC-QQQ-MS) (pH 7.4, FIG. ID; pH rate profiling, FIG. 5E; FIG. 6A-FIG. 6E). mLACCl and hLACCl showed comparable binding (Km) and catalytic turnover (fcat) values (FIG. IF), supporting a conserved biochemical activity between mice and humans.
Disease associated human polymorphisms I254V and C284R exhibited a significant reduction in turnover (feat) and overall catalytic efficiency (WKm), providing a catalytic mechanistic contribution to their associated immunopathologies (see below). However, disease-correlative mutant K38E showed improved catalytic efficiency and binding (Km), which would accelerate the timing of the response in inflammatory macrophages (z.e., LACC1 response would occur sooner with accumulating NOS2-derived L-Cit in this variant versus wildtype). Finally, consistent with the present metal analysis, presence of metal- (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, EDTA) or Zn2+-specific (N,N,N',N'-tetrakis (2- pyridylmethyl) ethane- 1,2-diamine, TPEN) chelators in the reaction buffer significantly inhibited LACC1 activity (FIG. 5F).
While it was established that LACC1 cleaves L-Cit to L-Om, the second fragment of the reaction could not be identified under the conditions of the studies. To directly characterize the unidentified fragment, the mLACCl reaction with 6-13Ci-labelled L-Cit in D2O was analyzed by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy (FIG. 1H). Strikingly, it was established that LACC1 is a novel HNCO synthase, converting L-Cit to L- Om and the RCS-like molecule HNCO (FIG. 1G), which was confirmed using a standard of its conjugate base, sodium cyanate ( OCN) (FIG. 1H). Only three carbon peaks were observed for this fragment, which correspond to different protonation states of the product. To detect HNCO, a carbamoylation reagent associated with uraemic syndrome, by MS, 2-
- 26 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
aminobenzoate-HNCO carbamoylation assays were conducted and the product measured by LC-QQQ-MS. End-point HNCO production under saturating substrate conditions was consistent wi th the present L-Om kinetic measurements, including a significant reduction of activity in the human I254V and C284R mutants (FIG. IE). Strikingly, these data suggest that LACC1 has a previously unrecognized role in L-Arg metabolism in inflammatory macrophages, bridging NOS2-derived L-Cit formation with L-Om, a precursor in polyamine signaling, and HNCO, an RCS-like cytotoxin.
To probe the molecular mechanism of LACC1 in inflammatory BMDMs and mice, wBMDMs were first culturedfrom WT and LaccL'~ mice and stimulated with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) and interferon-y (IFNy) for 16 hours. Key proinflammatory cytokines such as TNFa, IL6 and IL12b were upregulated \n Laccl" BMDMs (FIG. 2A, FIG. 7I-FIG. 7K), further supporting the anti-inflammatory function of LACC1. To test the function of LACC1 products on cytokine regulation, chemical complementation studies were conducted using exogenous L-Om and HNCO in Laccl’1’ BMDMs. Importantly, supplementation with L-Om, but not HNCO, could significantly complement Laccl cytokine suppression (FIG. 2A, FIG. 7I-FIG. 7K). To validate whether L-Om could complement Laccl antibacterial deficiency in vivo, Salmonella Typhimurium infection in WT and 7.occL ~ mice was performed with or without L-Om in the drinking water. In the absence of L-Om, the body weight loss of Laccl" mice was significantly higher than WT littermates (FIG. 2B). This phenotype was accompanied with worsened survival and severe bacterial burden in the feces, caecum, spleen and liver of Laccl~L mice compared to controls (FIGs. 2C-2G). These data are consistent with LACCL s antibacterial role. Strikingly, 1% L-Om in the drinking water significantly complemented Laccl deficiency in vivo (FIGs. 2B-2G). Indeed, this oral administration of L-Om significantly improved the effects of weight loss, survival, and bacterial burden. In the absence of S. Typhimurium infection, 1% L-Om in the drinking water did not perturb the body weight of WT or Laccl~'~ mice, supporting its immunological role during infection (FIG. 8). To further validate whether the function of LACC1 depends on its enz matic activity', LacclC284R/C284R mice were constructed and subjected to the same A. Ty phimurium infection experiment. LacclC284R/C284R mice showed an intermediate phenotype with exacerbated bacterial infection and more severe bacterial burden (FIG. 7A-FIG. 7E), which was consistent with the LacclJ~ mouse studies and the C284R mutant biochemical studies. Moreover, inflammamtory BMDMs from the LacclC284R/C284R mice showed an intermediate elevation of TNFa, IL6 and IL12b upon LPS and IFNy stimulation (FIG. 7F-
- 27 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
FIG. 7H). These data suggest that the evaluated anti-inflammatory and antibacterial functions of LACC1 are primarily mediated by L-Om and that the human disease associated mutation reduces catalytic efficiency and confers a deficient antibacterial response in vivo.
In macrophages, L-Om is decarboxylated by ornithine decarboxylase 1 (ODC1) to produce putrescine for polyamine synthesis. Odel expression is upregulated during bacterial infections. During polyamine synthesis, L-methionine (L-Met) is converted into S-adenosyl- L-methionine (AdoMet or SAM), which is then decarboxylated by AdoMet decarboxylase (AdoMetDC) to produce decarboxylated AdoMet (dcAdoMet or dcSAM). dcSAM is then used as an aminopropyl group donor by spermidine synthase (SRM) to convert putrescine into spermidine and spermine synthase (SMS) to convert spermidine into spermine (FIG. 11A). To examine the impact of the enzymatic function of LACC1 on poly amine synthesis in BMDMs, BMDMs from WT and /.occ7" mice supplemented with l,2,3,4,5-13Cs labeled L- Cit during Ml differentiation were first cultured. Indeed, significantly reduced 13C-L-Om, 13C-putrescine (13C-Put), 13C-spermidine (13C-Spd), and 13C-spermine (13C-Spm) were observed in inflammatory BMDMs fromZacc7 /_ mice than those from WT mice (FIG. 3 A).
Additionally, there was a consistent inverse relationship with dcSAM production, but its enhancement in LaccT1' BMDMs was not statistically significant (FIG. 9A-FIG. 9B). Because L-Cit can also be recycled to L-Arg via ASS1 and ASL and ARG2 can directly convert L-Arg to L-Om in IL-4 activated macrophages, additional 13C-L-Arg, 13C-L-Cit, and 13C-L-ArgSuc isotope feeding experiments were performed in the presence or absence of a NOS2 inhibitor, 1400W, or an ARG2 inhibitor, CB-1158 (FIG. 9C-FIG. 9E). While the present data support that NOS2 is the major source of L-Cit, which can indeed be recycled to L-Arg, in inflammatory macrophages as anticipated, inactivation of LACC1 significantly reduces 13C-L- Arg-mediated polyamine labeling regardless of inhibitor and consistent with the present hypothesis. No significant LACC1 effects were observed in the 13C-L-ArgSuc feeding studies. These data support LACC1 as a contributor to L-Cit-mediated poly amine synthesis in inflammatory macrophages (FIG. 3B).
Because L-Cit is derived from NOS2 in inflammatory macrophages, in certain nonlimiting embodiments, LACC1 function can be dependent upon NOS2 as the latter provides the substrate for the former (FIG. 4A). To test this hypothesis, NosZ^ mice were bred with LaccT mice to generate Nos2-Laccl double knockout mice and measured their performance in vivo relative to controls in the S. Typhimurium infection model. It was observed that NOS2 protected mice from 5. Typhimurium infection based on body weight loss, survival, and bacterial burden in feces and invaded organs as anticipated (FIGs. 4B-4G), consistent with
- 28 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
the diminished killing of S. Typhimurium by macrophages from Aos2/_ mice. However, the antibacterial function of LACC1 was abolished in Nos2 deficient mice relative to the double knockout mice (FIGs. 4B-4G). Consistent with the present biochemical model and BMDM results, these mouse model data suggest that the observed LACC1 function is dependent on NOS2.
To test whether the L-Om-polyamine axis is necessary for the anti-inflammatory and antibacterial function of LACC1, the enzymatic activity of ODC1 was blocked using the irreversible ODC1 inhibitor a-difluoromethylomithine (DFMO) in BMDMs (FIG. 4A). In contrast to cells treated with solvent vehicle, the secreted proinflammatory cytokines TNFo, IL6 and IL 12b in DFMO treated BMDMs remained unchanged between WT and Laccl^ BMDMs following LPS and IFNy stimulation, supporting that LACC1 can suppress proinflammatory cytokine production via the downstream polyamine pathway (FIGs. 4H-4J). DFMO treated inflammatory BMDMs were also infected with S. Typhimurium. Although the normalized intracellular bacterial CFUs/macrophage remained unchanged with DFMO treatment (FIG. 4K), the lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) activity assay showed that irreversible inhibition of ODC1 phenocopied exacerbated S. Typhimurium induced cell death from Laccl^' inflammatory BMDMs (FIG. 4L). This phenotype was not complemented using exogenous putrescine treatment, possibly due to dose related toxicity limiting the concentration of exogenous poly amine that could be employed (FIG. 10E).
These data suggest that intracellular LACC1 -mediated poly amine signaling protects macrophages from S. Typhimurium induced cell death, thereby enhancing antibacterial function. Thus, LACC1 contributes to anti-inflammatory and antibacterial functions through the L-Om-polyamine immunometabolism signaling axis (FIG. 5). The RCS-like cytotoxin and carbamoylation reagent HNCO likely contributes as an antimicrobial and signaling molecule, but the present evaluation of activities with exogenous OCN supplementation could be masked by the overall effects of cellular ROS, RNS, and RCS in these inflammatory macrophage phenotypes.
Taken together, these results can explain how loss of Laccl function in inflammatory macrophages leads to both augmented inflammatory signaling and cell death, which is consistent with both the immunopathologies and antibacterial roles associated with LACC1 in mouse models and in critical human diseases. The inflammation equilibrium of LACC1 is analogous to other immunometabolism pathways in macrophages, such as the proinflammatory succinate- and downstream anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial itaconate signaling axis that is the result of a rewired tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle in activated Ml
- 29 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
macrophages. While other enzymatic activities of LACC1 may contribute, the present results support a molecular mechanism in which LACC1 is a central immunometabolic regulator in L-Arg macrophage metabolism, and they reveal the missing mechanistic connection between proinflammatory NOS2 signaling and subsequent anti-inflammatory polyamine-mediated cytokine suppression, antioxidant activity, and autophagy stimulation (FIG. 1 IB).
Indeed, polyamines such as spermidine have been reported to: 1) have a role in decreasing oxidative damage, although the mechanism is unclear; 2) stimulate autophagy in mammalian cells; and 3) alleviate experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis through inducing inhibitory macrophages. In M2 anti-inflammatory macrophages, poly amine biosynthesis modulates mitochondrial metabolism through eIF5A hypusination, maintaining the TCA cycle and the electron transport chain (ETC) mtegnty. In addition to supporting polyamine metabolism, LACC1 serves as an unprecedented endogenous mammalian HNCO synthase, an activity observed for antimicrobial myeloperoxidase only with specific exogenous environmental metabolites from high-fat diet and chronic exposure to cyanide, mimicking exposure to pollution and smoking. While other activities of LACC1 -mediated L- Om and HNCO production in cells cannot be ruled out, the present molecular studies support an alternative immunometabolic proposal for LACC1 in autophagy regulation through its contribution to polyamine synthesis in addition to its reported interaction with autophagyinducing proteins, RACK1 and AMPK. These findings suggest that L-Om could serve as a novel nutraceutical to ameliorate LACC1 -associated immunological and autoimmune dysfunctions.
The methods described herein include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound described herein, which is optionally formulated in a pharmaceutical composition. In various embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound described herein present in a pharmaceutical composition is the only therapeutically active compound in a pharmaceutical composition. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject an additional therapeutic agent that treats an inflammatory disease.
In certain embodiments, administering the compound(s) described herein to the subject allows for administering a lower dose of the additional therapeutic agent as compared to the dose of the additional therapeutic agent alone that is required to achieve similar results in treating an inflammatory disease in the subject. For example, in certain embodiments, the compound(s) described herein enhance(s) the activity of the additional therapeutic
- 30 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
compound, thereby allowing for a lower dose of the additional therapeutic compound to provide the same effect.
In certain embodiments, the compound(s) described herein and the therapeutic agent are co-administered to the subject. In other embodiments, the compound(s) described herein and the therapeutic agent are coformulated and co-administered to the subject.
In certain embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In other embodiments, the mammal is a human.
Combination Therapies
The compounds useful within the methods described herein can be used in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful for treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease. These additional therapeutic agents may comprise compounds that are commercially available or synthetically accessible to those skilled in the art. These additional therapeutic agents are known to treat or reduce the symptoms of an inflammatory disease.
In various embodiments, a synergistic effect is observed when a compound as described herein is administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents or compounds. A synergistic effect may be calculated, for example, using suitable methods such as, for example, the Sigmoid-Emax equation (Holford & Scheiner, 1981, Clin. Pharmacokinet. 6:429-453), the equation of Loewe additivity (Loewe & Muischnek, 1926, Arch. Exp. Pathol Pharmacol. 114:313-326) and the median-effect equation (Chou & Talalay, 1984, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 22:27-55). Each equation referred to above may be applied to experimental data to generate a corresponding graph to aid in assessing the effects of the drug combination. The corresponding graphs associated with the equations referred to above are the concentration-effect curve, isobologram curve and combination index curve, respectively.
Administration/Dosage/Formulations
The regimen of administration may affect what constitutes an effective amount. The therapeutic formulations may be administered to the subject either prior to or after the onset of an inflammatory disease. Further, several divided dosages, as well as staggered dosages may be administered daily or sequentially, or the dose may be continuously infused, or maybe a bolus injection. Further, the dosages of the therapeutic formulations may be proportionally increased or decreased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic or prophylactic situation.
- 31 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Administration of the compositions described herein to a patient, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human, may be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to treat an inflammatory disease in the patient. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the state of the disease or disorder in the patient; the age, sex, and weight of the patient; and the ability of the therapeutic compound to treat an inflammatory disease in the patient. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. A nonlimiting example of an effective dose range for a therapeutic compound described herein is from about 1 and 5,000 mg/kg of body weight/per day. One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to study the relevant factors and make the determination regarding the effective amount of the therapeutic compound without undue experimentation.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
In particular, the selected dosage level depends upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds or materials used in combination with the compound, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well, known in the medical arts.
A medical doctor, e.g, physician or veterinarian, having ordinary skill in the art may readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds described herein employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
In particular embodiments, it is especially advantageous to formulate the compound in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the patients to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle.
- 32 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
The dosage unit forms of the compound(s) described herein are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding/formulating such a therapeutic compound.
In certain embodiments, the compositions described herein are formulated using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The carrier may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it is preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as mannitol and sorbitol, in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
In certain embodiments, the compositions described herein are administered to the patient in dosages that range from one to five times per day or more. In other embodiments, the compositions described herein are administered to the patient in range of dosages that include, but are not limited to, once every day, every two, days, every three days to once a week, and once every two weeks. It is readily apparent to one skilled in the art that the frequency of administration of the various combination compositions described herein varies from individual to individual depending on many factors including, but not limited to, age, disease or disorder to be treated, gender, overall health, and other factors. Thus, administration of the compounds and compositions described herein should not be construed to be limited to any particular dosage regime and the precise dosage and composition to be administered to any patient is determined by the attending physician taking all other factors about the patient into account.
The compound(s) described herein for administration may be in the range of from about 1 pg to about 10,000 mg, about 20 pg to about 9,500 mg, about 40 pg to about 9,000 mg, about 75 pg to about 8,500 mg, about 150 pg to about 7,500 mg, about 200 pg to about
- 33 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
7,000 mg, about 350 pg to about 6,000 mg, about 500 ig to about 5,000 mg, about 750 pig to about 4,000 mg, about 1 mg to about 3,000 mg, about 10 mg to about 2,500 mg, about 20 mg to about 2,000 mg, about 25 mg to about 1,500 mg, about 30 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 40 mg to about 900 mg, about 50 mg to about 800 mg, about 60 mg to about 750 mg, about 70 mg to about 600 mg, about 80 mg to about 500 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments therebetween.
In some embodiments, the dose of a compound described herein is from about 1 mg and about 2,500 mg. In some embodiments, a dose of a compound described herein used in compositions described herein is less than about 10,000 mg, or less than about 8,000 mg, or less than about 6,000 mg, or less than about 5,000 mg, or less than about 3,000 mg, or less than about 2,000 mg, or less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 50 mg. Similarly, in some embodiments, a dose of a second compound as described herein is less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 400 mg, or less than about 300 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 100 mg, or less than about 50 mg, or less than about 40 mg, or less than about 30 mg, or less than about 25 mg, or less than about 20 mg, or less than about 15 mg, or less than about 10 mg, or less than about 5 mg, or less than about 2 mg, or less than about 1 mg, or less than about 0.5 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof.
In certain embodiments, a composition as described herein is a packaged pharmaceutical composition comprising a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, alone or in combination with a second pharmaceutical agent; and instructions for using the compound to treat, prevent, or reduce one or more symptoms of an inflammatory disease in a patient.
Formulations may be employed in admixtures with conventional excipients, i.e., pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for oral, parenteral, nasal, intravenous, subcutaneous, enteral, or any other suitable mode of administration, known to the art. The pharmaceutical preparations may be sterilized and if desired mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or aromatic substances and the like. They may also be combined where desired with other active agents, e.g., other analgesic agents.
Routes of administration of any of the compositions described herein include oral, nasal, rectal, intravaginal, parenteral, buccal, sublingual or topical. The compounds for use in
- 34 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
the compositions described herein can be formulated for administration by any suitable route, such as for oral or parenteral, for example, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g, sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g, trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal and (trans)rectal), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
Suitable compositions and dosage forms include, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, gel caps, troches, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, granules, beads, transdermal patches, gels, powders, pellets, magmas, lozenges, creams, pastes, plasters, lotions, discs, suppositories, liquid sprays for nasal or oral administration, dry powder or aerosolized formulations for inhalation, compositions and formulations for intravesical administration and the like. It should be understood that the formulations and compositions described herein are not limited to the particular formulations and compositions that are described herein.
Oral Administration
For oral application, particularly suitable are tablets, dragees, liquids, drops, suppositories, or capsules, caplets and gelcaps. The compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known in the art and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of inert, non-toxic pharmaceutically excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. Such excipients include, for example an inert diluent such as lactose; granulating and disintegrating agents such as cornstarch; binding agents such as starch; and lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques for elegance or to delay the release of the active ingredients. Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert diluent.
For oral administration, the compound(s) described herein can be in the form of tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., cornstarch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrates (e.g., sodium starch glycollate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). If desired, the tablets may be coated using suitable methods and coating materials such as OPADRY™ film coating systems available from Colorcon, West Point, Pa. (e.g., OPADRY™ OY Type, OYC Type, Organic Enteric OY-P Type, Aqueous Enteric OY-A Type, OY-PM Type and
- 35 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
OPADRY™ White, 32K18400). Liquid preparation for oral administration may be in the form of solutions, syrups or suspensions. The liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agent (e.g, lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g, almond oil, oily esters or ethyl alcohol); and preservatives (e.g, methyl or propyl p-hydroxy benzoates or sorbic acid).
Compositions as described herein can be prepared, packaged, or sold in a formulation suitable for oral or buccal administration. A tablet that includes a compound as described herein can, for example, be made by compressing or molding the active ingredient, optionally with one or more additional ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable device, the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granular preparation, optionally mixed with one or more of a binder, a lubricant, an excipient, a surface active agent, and a dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding, in a suitable device, a mixture of the active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and at least sufficient liquid to moisten the mixture. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients used in the manufacture of tablets include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, granulating and disintegrating agents, dispersing agents, surface-active agents, disintegrating agents, binding agents, and lubricating agents.
Suitable dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, potato starch, sodium starch gly collate, poloxamer 407, or poloxamer 188. One or more dispersing agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form. One or more dispersing agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
Surface-active agents (surfactants) include cationic, anionic, or non-ionic surfactants, or combinations thereof. Suitable surfactants include, but are not limited to, behentrimonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzododecinium bromide, carbethopendecinium bromide, cetalkonium chloride, cetrimonium bromide, cetrimonium chloride, cetylpyndine chloride, didecyldimethylammonium chloride, dimethyldioctadecylammonium bromide, dimethyldioctadecylammomum chloride, domiphen bromide, lauryl methyl gluceth-10 hydroxypropyl dimonium chloride, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, thonzonium bromide, stearalkonium chloride, octenidine dihydrochloride, olaflur,
- 36 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
N-oleyl-l,3-propanediamine, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, alkylbenzene sulfonates, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ammonium perfluorononanoate, docusate, disodium cocoamphodiacetate, magnesium laureth sulfate, perfluorobutanesulfonic acid, perfluorononanoic acid, perfluorooctanesulfonic acid, perfluorooctanoic acid, potassium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyl sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, sodium laurate, sodium laureth sulfate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, sodium myreth sulfate, sodium nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate, sodium pareth sulfate, sodium stearate, sodium sulfosuccinate esters, cetomacrogol 1000, cetostearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, cocamide diethanolamine, cocamide monoethanolamine, decyl glucoside, decyl polyglucose, glycerol monostearate, octylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol CA-630, isoceteth-20, lauryl glucoside, octylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol P-40, Nonoxynol-9, Nonoxynols, nonyl phenoxypolyethoxylethanol (NP-40), octaethylene glycol monododecyl ether, N-octyl beta- D-thioglucopyranoside, octyl glucoside, oleyl alcohol, PEG-10 sunflower glycerides, pentaethylene glycol monododecyl ether, polidocanol, poloxamer, poloxamer 407, polyethoxylated tallow amine, polyglycerol polyricinoleate, polysorbate, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, sorbitan, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan tristearate, stearyl alcohol, surfactin, Triton X-100, and Tween 80. One or more surfactants can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form. One or more surfactants can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, sodium carbonate, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium phosphate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, and sodium phosphate, Cellactose ® 80 (75 % a- lactose monohydrate and 25 % cellulose powder), mannitol, pre-gelatinized starch, starch, sucrose, sodium chloride, talc, anhydrous lactose, and granulated lactose. One or more diluents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form. One or more diluents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%,
- 37 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
Suitable granulating and disintegrating agents include, but are not limited to, sucrose, copovidone, com starch, microcrystalline cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium starch gly collate, pregelatinized starch, povidone, sodium carboxy methyl cellulose, sodium alginate, citric acid, croscarmellose sodium, cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, colloidal silicone dioxide, crosspovidone and alginic acid. One or more granulating or disintegrating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form. One or more granulating or disintegrating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
Suitable binding agents include, but are not limited to, gelatin, acacia, pre-gelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, anhydrous lactose, lactose monohydrate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, povidone, polyacrylamides, sucrose, dextrose, maltose, gelatin, polyethylene glycol. One or more binding agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form. One or more binding agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
Suitable lubricating agents include, but are not limited to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, hydrogenated castor oil, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl behenate, mineral oil, polyethylene glycol, poloxamer 407, poloxamer 188, sodium laureth sulfate, sodium benzoate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, silica, and talc. One or more lubricating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of about 0.01% w/w to about 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form. One or more lubricating agents can each be individually present in the composition in an amount of at least, greater than, or less than about 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% w/w relative to weight of the dosage form.
Tablets can be non-coated or they may be coated using known methods to achieve delayed disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract of a subject, thereby providing sustained
- 38 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
release and absorption of the active ingredient. By way of example, a material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be used to coat tablets. Further by way of example, tablets may be coated using methods described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,256,108; 4,160,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotically controlled release tablets. Tablets may further comprise a sweetening agent, a flavoring agent, a coloring agent, a preservative, or some combination of these in order to provide for pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparation.
Tablets can also be enterically coated such that the coating begins to dissolve at a certain pH, such as at about pH 5.0 to about pH 7.5, thereby releasing a compound as described herein. The coating can contain, for example, EUDRAGIT ® L, S, FS, and/or E polymers with acidic or alkaline groups to allow release of a compound as described herein in a particular location, including in any desired section(s) of the intestine. The coating can also contain, for example, EUDRAGIT ® RL and/or RS polymers with cationic or neutral groups to allow for time controlled release of a compound as described herein by pH-independent swelling.
Parenteral Administration
For parenteral administration, the compounds as described herein may be formulated for injection or infusion, for example, intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or infusion, or for administration in a bolus dose and/or continuous infusion. Suspensions, solutions or emulsions in an oily or aqueous vehicle, optionally containing other formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents may be used.
Sterile injectable forms of the compositions described herein may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in anon- toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1, 3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain
- 39 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as such as lauryl, stearyl, or oleyl alcohols, or similar alcohol.
Additional Administration Forms
Additional dosage forms suitable for use with the compound(s) and compositions described herein include dosage forms as described in U.S. Patents Nos. 6,340,475; 6,488,962; 6,451,808; 5,972,389; 5,582,837; and 5,007,790. Additional dosage forms suitable for use with the compound(s) and compositions described herein also include dosage forms as described in U.S. Patent Applications Nos. 20030147952; 20030104062; 20030104053; 20030044466; 20030039688; and 20020051820. Additional dosage forms suitable for use with the compound(s) and compositions described herein also include dosage forms as described in PCT Applications Nos. WO 03/35041; WO 03/35040; WO 03/35029; WO 03/35177; WO 03/35039; WO 02/96404; WO 02/32416; WO 01/97783; WO 01/56544; WO 01/32217; WO 98/55107; WO 98/11879; WO 97/47285; WO 93/18755; and WO 90/11757.
Controlled Release Formulations and Drug Delivery Systems
In certain embodiments, the formulations described herein can be, but are not limited to, short-term, rapid-offset, as well as controlled, for example, sustained release, delayed release and pulsatile release formulations.
The term sustained release is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for gradual release of a drug over an extended period of time, and that may, although not necessarily, result in substantially constant blood levels of a drug over an extended time period. The period of time may be as long as a month or more and should be a release which is longer that the same amount of agent administered in bolus form.
For sustained release, the compounds may be formulated with a suitable polymer or hydrophobic material which provides sustained release properties to the compounds. As such, the compounds for use with the method(s) described herein may be administered in the form of microparticles, for example, by injection or in the form of wafers or discs by implantation.
In some cases, the dosage forms to be used can be provided as slow or controlled- release of one or more active ingredients therein using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, or microspheres or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions. Suitable controlled-release formulations
- 40 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those descnbed herein, can be readily selected for use with the pharmaceutical compositions described herein. Thus, single unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration, such as tablets, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets, that are adapted for controlled-release are encompassed by the compositions and dosage forms described herein.
Most controlled-release pharmaceutical products have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled counterparts. Ideally, the use of an optimally designed controlled-release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time. Advantages of controlled-release formulations include extended activity of the drug, reduced dosage frequency, and increased patient compliance. In addition, controlled-release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood level of the drug, and thus can affect the occurrence of side effects.
Most controlled-release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug that promptly produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release of other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic effect over an extended period of time. In order to maintain this constant level of drug in the body, the drug must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body.
Controlled-release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various inducers, for example pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds. The term "controlled-release component" is defined herein as a compound or compounds, including, but not limited to, polymers, polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, liposomes, or microspheres or a combination thereof that facilitates the controlled-release of the active ingredient. In one embodiment, the compound(s) described herein are administered to a patient, alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, using a sustained release formulation. In one embodiment, the compound(s) described herein are administered to a patient, alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, using a sustained release formulation.
The term delayed release is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for an initial release of the drug after some delay following drug administration and that mat, although not necessarily, includes a delay of from about 10 minutes up to about 12 hours.
- 41 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
The term pulsatile release is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides release of the drug in such a way as to produce pulsed plasma profdes of the drug after drug administration.
The term immediate release is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for release of the drug immediately after drug administration.
As used herein, short-term refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes and any or all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration after drug administration.
As used herein, rapid-offset refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration.
Dosing
The therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound described herein depends on the age, sex and weight of the patient, the cunent medical condition of the patient and the progression of an inflammatory disease in the patient being treated. The skilled artisan is able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors.
A suitable dose of a compound described herein can be in the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 5,000 mg per day, such as from about 0. 1 mg to about 1,000 mg, for example, from about 1 mg to about 500 mg, such as about 5 mg to about 250 mg per day. The dose may be administered in a single dosage or in multiple dosages, for example from 1 to 4 or more times per day. When multiple dosages are used, the amount of each dosage may be the same or different. For example, a dose of 1 mg per day may be administered as two 0.5 mg doses, with about a 12-hour interval between doses.
It is understood that the amount of compound dosed per day may be administered, in non-limiting examples, every day, every other day, every 2 days, every 3 days, every 4 days, or every 5 days. For example, with every other day administration, a 5 mg per day dose may be initiated on Monday with a first subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Wednesday, a second subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Friday, and so on.
In the case wherein the patient's status does improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compound(s) described herein is optionally given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered is temporarily reduced or temporarily
- 42 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a "drug holiday"). The length of the drug holiday optionally varies between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days. The dose reduction during a drug holiday includes from 10%-100%, including, by way of example only, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100%.
Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, is reduced to a level at which the improved disease is retained. In certain embodiments, patients require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms and/or infection.
The compounds described herein can be formulated in unit dosage form. The term "unit dosage form" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosage for patients undergoing treatment, with each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, optionally in association with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. The unit dosage form may be for a single daily dose or one of multiple daily doses (e.g, about 1 to 4 or more times per day). When multiple daily doses are used, the unit dosage form may be the same or different for each dose.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens are optionally determined in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LDso (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the EDso (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which is expressed as the ratio between LDso and EDso. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are optionally used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity. The dosage optionally varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
Examples
Various embodiments of the present application can be better understood by reference to the following Examples which are offered by way of illustration. The scope of the present application is not limited to the Examples given herein.
- 43 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Methods
Expression and purification of LACC1. mLACCl and hLACCl cDNA sequences were synthesized by GenScript, codon-optimized for prokaryotic expression, and cloned into a pMAL-C5x (New England BioLabs, N8108) vector. Plasmids for human LACC1 K38E, human LACC1 1254V and human LACC1 C284R were generated using the Q5 Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit (New England BioLabs, E0554S). E. coll BL21(DE3) cells were transformed with the expression plasmids and grown aerobically at 37°C and 250 revolutions per minute (rpm) in ampicillin-supplemented (100 pg/mL) Luria Bertani (LB) medium. Expression was induced at an ODeoo of 0.5-0.6 with 0.3 mM isopropyl p-D-1- thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) for 4 h at 30°C. Cells were harvested by centrifugation (6000 x g, 4 °C, 20 min) and cell pellets were washed twice with PBS. Cells were then resuspended in 5 mL of column buffer on ice containing 20 mM Tris-HCl, 200 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5, and complete Mini EDTA-free protease inhibitor cocktail (1 tablet per 50 mL buffer, Roche, 11873580001). The cells were lysed by sonication on ice and cleared by centrifugation at 35,000 x g for 30 minutes. The protein-containing supernatant was loaded onto a pre-equilibrated amylose resin column (New England BioLabs, E8021S). The column was washed with 20 column volumes of column buffer. The protein was eluted with 10 column volumes of column buffer supplemented with 10 mM maltose. The eluted fractions were pooled and concentrated using centrifugal filters (Millipore, UFC503096) for use in further assays.
Measurement of cellular biochemistry in recombinant system. E. coli BL21(DE3) expressing recombinant mouse and human Laccl proteins were cultured in 5 mL LB medium containing 10 mM l,2,3,4,5-13C5-L-Cit. Expression was induced at an optical density (ODeoo) of 0.5-0.6 with 0.5 mM isopropyl p-D- 1 -thiogalactopyranoside and cultured at 16° C for 48 hours. The culture extract was coupled with l-fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl- 5-L-alanine amide according to the manufacturer’s protocol. Derivatized samples were analyzed by UPLC- QTOF-MS (Phenomenex Kinetex C18 column (100 A) 5 pm (250 x 4.6 mm2); flow rate, 0.7 mL min-1; mobile phase composition, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid for 30 min).
- 44 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
ICP-MS. mLACCl was expressed and purified as mentioned above. 1 mg purified protein was digested with 10 mL 5% HNCh in a thermo digestion system, followed by the measurement of Mg, Ca, Fe, Mn, Co, Ni, Cu and Zn contents in triplicate by inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS, Perkin Elmer ICP-MS Elan DRC-e). In the averaged Zn65 quantification assay, 1 mL 10 pM purified mLACCl was mixed with 10 mL 5% HNCh and analyzed with Zn65 standards by ICP-MS.
In vitro enzyme screening. To prepare the BMDM cell pellet extract, I.acci" BMDMs were cultured as mentioned below and stimulated with 20 ng/mL LPS (Sigma, L4391) and 50 ng/mL IFNy (BioLegend, 575302) for 16 hours. Cells were washed with ice- cold PBS twice and extracted with ice-cold MeOH. The extraction mixture was centrifuged and the supernatant was dried using N2 gas flow. 1 mg Laccl^' BMDM cell pellet extract was incubated with 10 pM mLACCl in 100 pL PBS buffer supplemented with 1 pM ZnSCL in triplicate for 1 h at 37°C and quenched by 200 pL ice-cold acetonitrile (AcCN). The reaction mixture was centrifuged at 20,000 x g for 10 min and the supernatant was analyzed using an Agilent iFunnel 6550 quadrupole time of flight (Q-TOF) MS instrument fitted with an electrospray ionization (ESI) source coupled to an Agilent 1290 Infinity HPLC system with an Xbridge BEH Amide XP HILIC 2.5 pm, 2.1 mm x 100 mm column (Waters, 186006091). The column was maintained at 25°C during analysis. The mobile phase A was 20 mM ammonium acetate/0.1% formic acid pH 3.5. The mobile phase B was 100% acetonitrile. The flow rate was 0.22 mL/min. The gradient elution was as follows: 0 min: 85% B; 0.5 min: 85% B; 9 min: 35% B; 11 min: 2% B; 12 min: 85% B; 25 min: 85% B. The data were acquired in positive and negative ion mode (FIG. 5D) with a full scan range of 50-1700 m/z, respectively. The metabolomics data were processed with Mass Profiler Professional Software 14.0 (Agilent) and presented as a volcano plot showing fold change (FC) versus false discovery rate (FDR) values.
Measurement of HNCO. For the direct measurement of HNCO through NMR, 6- 13Ci-labelled L-Cit (1 mg) was incubated with 10 pM mLACCl in D2O (200 pL) for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then subjected to 13C NMR on 4 h intervals to detect cyanate, the conjugate base of HNCO, with reference to its central 13C chemical shift value of 128.64 ppm. Spectrum shown was on the 2nd interval at 5 h incubation time. The negative control was prepared as described above without mLACCl, and the chemical standard used was 1
- 45 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
rnM NaOCN in D2O, which showed identical 13C chemical shift values as the enzyme product. Some minor spontaneous carboxylate carbamoylation of substrate L-Cit and product L-Om was observed over extended incubation times. The measurement was performed using an Agilent 800 MHz NMR instrument equipped with a 13C-sensitivity enhanced salt-tolerant cold probe. For the indirect measurement of HNCO, an HNCO carbamoylation assay was used. The enzymatic assay was performed as mentioned above and quenched with 200 pL MeOH. The reaction mixture was incubated with 20 mM acetic acid and 50 mM 2- aminobenzoic acid at 42°C for 30 min. Then, the mixture was centrifuged and the supernatant was analyzed by UPLC-QTOF-MS (Phenomenex Kinetex Cl 8 (100 A) 5 pm (250 x 4.6 mm2) column; flow rate, 0.7 mL/min; mobile phase composition, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid for 30 min).
Measurement of L-Orn. The enzymatic assay was performed as mentioned above. In some conditions as noted, KH2PO4 or Na2HPO4 was used for pH adjustment while 10 pM EDTA or 10 pM TPEN was added for metal chelation. The reaction mixture was quenched with 200 pL MeOH. Then, the mixture was centrifuged and coupled with l-fluoro-2,4- dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide, FDAA (Thermo, 48895) per the manufacturer’s protocol. The samples were analy zed by UPLC-QTOF-MS (Phenomenex Kinetex C18 (100 A) 5 pm (250 x 4.6 mm2) column; flow rate, 0.7 mL/min; mobile phase composition, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid for 30 min).
Measurement of enzymatic parameters. The enzymatic assay was performed in triplicate as mentioned above at different concentrations of L-Cit (5 pM, 10 pM, 25 pM, 50 pM, 100 pM, 200 pM and 500 pM) over time (60 min, 120 min, 300 min, and 600 min). The velocity was calculated, and the Michaelis-Menten curves were plotted for the measurement of Km and feat using Prism 9 (GraphPad).
Mouse studies. WT C57BL/6, Laccl~2~, LacclC284R/C284R
mice were used in this study. Nos2~2~ mice (002609-B6. l 29P2-AU.y2""'/"/7J. Jackson Laboratory) were a gift from accl mice were generated with CRISPR-Cas9 technology into C57/B6N embryos as previously described. To generate LaccT2' mice, two sgRNAs (AAACTGCCATGAGACCTTACTGG (SEQ ID: NO 1),
- 46 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
GTTAAGGCCATCGCGGACATGGG, (SEQ ID NO: 2)) were used collectively to target exon 3 and exon 7, respectively. To generate LaCclC284R2C284R mice, an sgRNA (GAAGACGATGGGTATACAGTCGG, SEQ ID NO: 3) and an oligo donor (CCTACCGGAGTGAGCAACCCCACATGCCTTTTTCACAGGATCTGCGAAGACGAT GGGTATACgGTCGGCGCCAAGAGCAGTGATTGTGACTCCTCTCTGAT TTGTGACGATCCCATCGTAAGA, SEQ ID NO: 4) were used collectively for homologous recombination. Experimental littermates were generated from heterozygote x heterozygote breeding. Sample size (n = 10) was chosen in line with pervious experimental experience and consistent with the broader literature. 8-10-week-old male and female mice were used in equal quantities unless otherwise specified. All experiments were performed using co-housed mouse littermate controls. Isosexual male or female littermates were co-housed at 21-24°C and 40-60% humidity. A 12/12 h light/dark cycle was used. All mouse studies were performed in compliance with Yale Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee protocols. No formal blinding or randomization was conducted; however, control and treated groups were chosen arbitrarily for each experiment. Mouse weights and CFUs were measured in a blinded manner.
Cell culture studies. BMDMs were generated from progenitor cells isolated from femurs and tibias of mice and maintained in DMEM medium (Gibco, 11965118) with 10% FBS (Sigma, F8192-500M1), 1% penicillin/ streptomycin (Gibco, 15070063) and 50 ng/mL M-CSF (R&D, 416-ML-010) for 6 days. Cells were reseeded and stimulated with 20 ng/mL LPS (Sigma, L4391) and 50 ng/mL IFNy (BioLegend, 575302) in triplicate for 16 hours. In some experiments as indicated, 1 mM DFMO (Cayman, 16889) was supplemented during Ml differentiation to inhibit ODC1. After a 16-hour stimulation period, culture supernatants were collected for TNFa, IL6 and IL12b ELISA assays (R&D, DY410-05, DY406-05, DY499-05) according to the manufacturer’s protocols.
S. Typhimurium infection in vivo. As previously described, before infection, 8-10- week-old mice (n = 10) were restricted from food and water for 4 h followed by gavage of 20 mg streptomycin. After 20 h, mice were fasted again for 4 h and infected with streptomycin resistant S. Typhimurium (SL1344 strain, provided by J. Galan). S. Typhimurium was maintained as a glycerol stock at -80°C. Before infection, bacteria were propagated overnight (37°C, 250 rpm) in LB supplemented with 100 pg/ml streptomycin. The bacterial culture was subcultured for 4 h the next day in antibiotic-free LB supplemented with 0.3 M NaCl to
- 47 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
return it to log phase growth and increase virulence. Using spectrophotometry, bacterial CFUs were calculated with an infection dose of 1 x 103 CFUs per mouse. To calculate faecal CFUs, faecal pellets were resuspended in PBS at 50 mg/mL and vortexed for 20 min.
Bacteria containing supernatants were clarified by centrifugation at 50 x g for 10 min. Serial dilutions were conducted, and bacteria were plated in triplicate on LB streptomycin (100 pg/mL) plates. For caecal, liver and spleen CFU enumeration, organs were isolated, weighed, and added to 2 ml of PBS. Tissue was dissociated with Gentl eMacs C Tubes (Miltenyi Biotech) per the manufacturer’s instructions. CFUs were calculated using similar methodology as above.
S'. Typhimurium infection in BMDMs. After a 16-hour stimulation period as mentioned above, the BMDM culture medium was replaced with antibiotic-free medium. BMDMs (1 x 106) were infected in triplicate with 1 x 107 CFUs of S. Typhimurium (SL1344 strain, provided by J. Galan, MOI = 10) and centrifugated at 800 x g at 37 °C for 10 min and returned to the incubator for an additional 20 min. Medium was then removed and replaced with medium containing 100 pg/mL gentamycin to kill extracellular bacteria for 1 h (z.e., the gentamycin protection assay). Medium was replaced with fresh medium including 25 pg/mL gentamycin. An hour later, supernatants were sampled for LDH activity with the Cy QUANT™ LDH Cytotoxicity Assay (Thermo, C20300) according to the manufacturer’s protocol. After an additional 3.5 -hour culture period in the incubator, cells were washed twice with PBS and lysed in a 1% Triton and 0.1% SDS buffer for 5 min under gentle agitation. Cell lysates were plated on streptomycin (100 pg/mL) containing LB plates and incubated overnight at 37°C, and then CFUs were enumerated.
13C-isotope labelling studies. BMDMs were generated as mentioned above, reseeded at a density of 1 x 106 cells/mL in phenol red-free DMEM medium (Gibco, 21063029) with 10% FBS (Sigma, F8192-500M1), 1% penicillin/streptomycin (Gibco, 15070063), and 1 mM
1.2.3.4.5.6-13Ce labeled L-Arg (Cambridge Isotope Laboratories, CLM-2265-H-0.05), 2 mM 1 ,2,3,4,5-13Cs labeled L-Cit (Cambridge Isotope Laboratories, CLM-8653-PK), or 1 pM
1.2.3.4.5.6-13Ce, 13N4 labeled L-ArgSuc (Cambridge Isotope Laboratories, CNLM-9007-CA- 0. IMG) and stimulated in triplicate with 20 ng/mL LPS (Sigma, L4391) and 50 ng/mL IFNy (BioLegend, 575302) for 16 hours. The cells were washed twice with 10 mL ice-cold PBS, scraped in 1 mL ice-cold PBS, transferred to 1.5 mL tubes and pelleted (1 min, 6,000 x g,
- 48 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
4°C). The cells were washed once with 500 pL ice-cold PBS. Cellular metabolites were extracted with 50 pL of ice-cold extraction solvent (40:40:20 vol/vol/vol acetonitrile: methanol: water, 0.5% formic acid). After a 5-min incubation on ice, the acid was neutralized using NH4HCO3. After centrifugation (15 min, 20,000 x g, 4°C), the clarified supernatant was transferred to an LC-MS vial and analyzed by an Agilent iFunnel 6550 QTOF-MS instrument fitted with an ESI source or an Agilent 6490 ESI-QQQ-MS/MS instrument coupled to an Agilent 1290 Infinity HPLC system with an Xbndge BEH Amide XP HILIC 2.5 pm, 2.1 mm x 100 mm column (Waters, 186006091). The column was maintained at 25°C during the analysis. The mobile phase A was 20 mM ammonium acetate/0.1% formic acid pH 3.5. The mobile phase B was 100% acetonitrile. The flow rate was 0.4 mL/min. The gradient elution was as follows: 0 min: 95% B; 0.5 min: 95% B; 3 min: 70% B; 6 mm: 40% B; 6.5 mm: 0% B; 9.5 mm: 0% B; 10 mm: 95% B; 15 mm: 95% B. MassHunter Qualitative Analysis B.07.00 (Agilent) was used to perform peak picking, peak alignment, and peak intensity integration.
The terms and expressions employed herein are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thus, it should be understood that although the present application describes specific embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the compositions, methods, and concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those of ordinary skill in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of embodiments of the present application.
Enumerated Embodiments
The following enumerated embodiments are provided, the numbering of which is not to be construed as designating levels of importance:
Embodiment 1 provides a method of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, and/or inflammation in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula la, or a salt, solvate, or N-oxide thereof:
- 49 -
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Ra, -C(=O)ORa, -CH(R')OC(=O)Ra, -CH2R', - CH(aryl)CH2C(=O)Ra, -CH2N(R')C(=O)Ra, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R')(R'); or
R1 and R2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 ammo acids, C1.20 alkyl, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -CH(R")OC(=O)Rb, -CH2R", - CH(Ar)CH2C(=O)CH3, -CH2N(R")C(=O)Rb, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R")(R"); or
R3 and R4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and Rc; each occurrence of Ra, Rb, and Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R1 and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyd, C2-io alkenyl, C2-io alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, Ci-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
Embodiment 2 provides the method of embodiment 1, wherein the inflammatory disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of arthritis juvenile arthritis, spondylitis, leprosy, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, and Rh factor arthritis.
Embodiment 3 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-2, wherein the compound is formulated as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition further including at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiment 4 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are hydrogen.
Embodiment 5 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein the compound of Formula la is a hydrochloride salt.
- 50 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Embodiment 6 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-5, wherein the subject is a mammal.
Embodiment 7 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-6, wherein the mammal is a human.
Embodiment 8 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-7, wherein the subject is administered at least one additional agent for treating, ameliorating, or preventing the inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in the subject.
Embodiment 9 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-8, wherein the compound is administered by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
Embodiment 10 provides the method of any one of embodiments 1-9, wherein the route is oral administration.
Embodiment 11 provides method of improving efficacy of an antibacterial agent in a subject and/or improving ability of a subject to fight off a bacterial infection, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula la, or a salt, solvate, or N-oxide thereof:
Formula la wherein:
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 ammo acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Ra, -C(=O)ORa, -CH(R')OC(=O)Ra, -CH2R', - CH(aryl)CH2C(=O)Ra, -CH2N(R')C(=O)Ra, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R')(R'); or
R1 and R2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -CH(R")OC(=O)Rb, -CH2R", - CH(Ar)CH2C(=O)CH3, -CH2N(R")C(=O)Rb, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R")(R"); or
R3 and R4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
- 51 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and
Rc; each occurrence of Ra, Rb, and Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R' and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, C1-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
Embodiment 12 provides the method of embodiment 11, wherein the compound is formulated as a pharmaceutically effective composition further including at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiment 13 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-12, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are hydrogen.
Embodiment 14 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-13, wherein the compound of Formula la is a hydrochloride salt.
Embodiment 15 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-14, wherein the subject is a mammal.
Embodiment 16 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-15, wherein the mammal is a human.
Embodiment 17 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-16, wherein the compound is administered with at least one antibacterial agent.
Embodiment 18 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-17, wherein the compound is administered by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
Embodiment 19 provides the method of any one of embodiments 11-18, wherein the route is oral administration.
- 52 -
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ( RULE 26)
Claims
1. A method of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing an inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, and/or inflammation in a subject, the method comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula la, or a salt, solvate, or N-oxide thereof:
Formula la wherein:
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1- 10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Ra, -C(=O)ORa, -CH(R')OC(=O)Ra, -CH2R, - CH(aryl)CH2C(=O)Ra, -CH2N(R')C(=O)Ra, -C(=NH)CHs, and =C(R')(R'); or
R1 and R2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1- 10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -CH(R")OC(=O)Rb, -CH2R", - CH(Ar)CH2C(-O)CH3. -CH2N(R")C(=O)Rb, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R")(R"); or
R3 and R4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and Rc; each occurrence of Ra, Rb, and Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R1 and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-io alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, Ci-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the inflammatory disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of arthritis juvenile arthritis, spondylitis, leprosy, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, and Rh factor arthritis.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is formulated as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition further including at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
4 The method of claim 1, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are hydrogen.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula la is a hydrochloride salt.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the subject is a mammal.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the mammal is a human.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the subject is administered at least one additional agent for treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing the inflammatory disease, inflammatory disorder, or inflammation in the subject.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administered by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraarterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the route is oral administration.
11. A method of improving efficacy of an antibacterial agent in a subject and/or improving ability of a subject to fight off a bacterial infection, the method comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula la, or a salt, solvate, or N-oxide thereof:
Formula la wherein:
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1- 10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, -C(=O)Ra, -C(=O)ORa, -CH(R')OC(=O)Ra, -CH2R, - CH(aryl)CH2C(=O)Ra, -CH2N(R')C(=O)Ra, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R')(R'); or
R1 and R2 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1- 10 amino acids, Ci-2o alkyl, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -CH(R")OC(=O)Rb, -CH2R", - CH(Ar)CH2C(=O)CH3, -CH2N(R")C(=O)Rb, -C(=NH)CH3, and =C(R")(R"); or
R3 and R4 combine with the N atom to which they are bound so as to form a 5 or 6-membered heterocycle;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 1-10 amino acids, C1-20 alkyl, and Rc; each occurrence of Ra, Rb, and Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, and C5-10 heteroaryl, and combinations thereof; each occurrence of R1 and R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-io alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, C5-10 heteroaryl, halogen, OH, CN, Ci-10 alkoxy, and combinations thereof.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is formulated as a pharmaceutically effective composition further including at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
13. The method of claim 11, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are hydrogen.
14. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound of Formula la is a hydrochloride salt.
15. The method of claim 11, wherein the subject is a mammal.
1 . The method of claim 15, wherein the mammal is a human.
17. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is administered with at least one antibacterial agent.
18. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is administered by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, transdermal, transmucosal, intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraarterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the route is oral administration.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263349394P | 2022-06-06 | 2022-06-06 | |
US63/349,394 | 2022-06-06 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023240081A1 true WO2023240081A1 (en) | 2023-12-14 |
Family
ID=89119035
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2023/067995 WO2023240081A1 (en) | 2022-06-06 | 2023-06-06 | Treatment, amelioration, and/or prevention of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2023240081A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7932288B2 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2011-04-26 | Kyowa Hakko Bio Co., Ltd. | Composition for relieving subjective symptoms of fatigue |
US8945540B2 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2015-02-03 | Exoxemis, Inc. | Compositions for enhancing the antibacterial activity of myeloperoxidase and methods of use thereof |
US11161802B2 (en) * | 2009-04-03 | 2021-11-02 | Ocera Therapeutics, Inc. | L-ornithine phenyl acetate and methods of making thereof |
-
2023
- 2023-06-06 WO PCT/US2023/067995 patent/WO2023240081A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7932288B2 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2011-04-26 | Kyowa Hakko Bio Co., Ltd. | Composition for relieving subjective symptoms of fatigue |
US8945540B2 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2015-02-03 | Exoxemis, Inc. | Compositions for enhancing the antibacterial activity of myeloperoxidase and methods of use thereof |
US11161802B2 (en) * | 2009-04-03 | 2021-11-02 | Ocera Therapeutics, Inc. | L-ornithine phenyl acetate and methods of making thereof |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
SANTOS L L, MORAND E F, YANG Y, HUTCHINSON P, HOLDSWORTH S R: "Suppression of adjuvant arthritis and synovial macrophage inducible nitric oxide by N-iminoethyl-l-ornithine, a nitric oxide synthase inhibitor", INFLAMMATION., PLENUM PRESS, NEW YORK, NY., US, vol. 21, no. 3, 1 June 1997 (1997-06-01), US , pages 299 - 312, XP093118309, ISSN: 0360-3997, DOI: 10.1023/A:1027397816209 * |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11191749B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions for combination therapy | |
KR100767317B1 (en) | Treating muscle wasting with selective androgen receptor modulators | |
CA2711807A1 (en) | Agonists for antimicrobial peptide systems | |
EP3548058A1 (en) | Compositions comprising peptide wkdeagkplvk | |
US20220281826A1 (en) | Acetyl-coa synthetase 2 (acss2) inhibitors and methods using same | |
CA2900413A1 (en) | A method of treating obesity | |
Yang et al. | Origin of the phagocytic respiratory burst and its role in gut epithelial phagocytosis in a basal chordate | |
WO2023240081A1 (en) | Treatment, amelioration, and/or prevention of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases | |
JP5965397B2 (en) | Adenovirus AD36E4ORF1 protein for prevention and treatment of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease | |
WO2014065572A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating cancer, containing enoblock as active ingredient | |
Peralta et al. | Update on the biological relevance of lysine acetylation as a novel drug target in trypanosomatids | |
WO2020257753A1 (en) | Phosphatidylserine decarboxylase inhibitors | |
WO2009063241A1 (en) | 3-hydroxyanthranilic acid or salts thereof1 for treating cancer or infections | |
US20230346951A1 (en) | Molecular degraders of extracellular proteins | |
CN113710660A (en) | DOT1L degradation agent and application thereof | |
US20220315624A1 (en) | Thiostrepton analogs and methods of making and using same | |
US20230399303A1 (en) | Macrophage Migration Inhibitory Factor Inhibitors, and Methods of Making and Using Same | |
US20220202772A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for inhibiting ribosome inactivating proteins | |
US20230271994A1 (en) | Molecular degraders of extracellular proteins | |
US20230000888A1 (en) | Nad-precursors and dietary restriction for treating age related medical conditions | |
CN112755172B (en) | Compound for improving sperm quality and application thereof | |
WO2024010585A1 (en) | Non-covalent inhibitors of the main protease of sars-cov-2 and methods of use | |
Dao et al. | Gramine improves sepsis-induced myocardial dysfunction by binding to NF-κB p105 and inhibiting its ubiquitination | |
WO2023049796A1 (en) | RelA/RSH INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF MEDICAL BIOFILMS | |
WO2023172497A2 (en) | Compounds, compositions, and methods for treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing cocaine use disorder |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23820582 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |